SEC Filing | GSI Technology, Inc.

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 16, 2007

Registration No. 333-139885

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		3674 (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code number)		77-0398779 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
2360 Owen Street Santa Clara, California 95054 (408) 980-8388 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

LEE-LEAN SHU
President and Chief Executive Officer
GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
2360 Owen Street
Santa Clara, California 95054
(408) 980-8388
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

*Copies to:*
DENNIS C. SULLIVAN, ESQ. DLA Piper US LLP 2000 University Avenue East Palo Alto, California 94303-2248 (650) 833-2000		DONNA M. PETKANICS, ESQ. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. 650 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, California 94304-9300 (650) 493-9300

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. o

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. o

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 16, 2007

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS

Common Stock

We are offering shares and the selling stockholders are offering shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. We estimate the initial public offering price to be between $ and $ per share. We have applied to qualify our common stock for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "GSIT."

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 5.


	Per Share	Total

Public Offering Price	$	$
Underwriting Discount	$	$
Proceeds before expenses, to GSI Technology, Inc.	$	$
Proceeds before expenses, to Selling Stockholders	$	$

GSI Technology, Inc. has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. It is illegal for any person to tell you otherwise.

Joint Book-running Managers
Needham & Company, LLC		WR Hambrecht + Co

Robert W. Baird & Co.
		Stanford Group Company

The date of this prospectus is , 2007

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
Prospectus Summary		1
Summary Consolidated Financial Data		4
Risk Factors		5
Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data		21
Use of Proceeds		22
Dividend Policy		22
Capitalization		23
Dilution		25
Selected Consolidated Financial Data		27
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		29
Business		45
Management		59
Relationships and Transactions with Related Parties		69
Principal and Selling Stockholders		70
Description of Capital Stock		74
Shares Eligible for Future Sale		76
Underwriting		77
Legal Matters		80
Experts		80
Available Information		80
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any related free writing prospectus that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and used or referred to in an offering to you of these securities. We have not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until , 2007 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform

themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Market data and industry statistics used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications and other publicly available information. We have not independently verified this information.

GSI Technology, BurstRAM, FLXDrive, NBT, SigmaRAM, SigmaQuad, SigmaQuad-II, SigmaCIO DDR-II and SigmaSIO DDR-II are trademarks of GSI Technology, Inc. in the United States and other countries. All trademarks, trade names or service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. References to "we", "us" and "our" refer to GSI Technology, Inc.

GSI Technology, Inc.

We are a leading provider of "Very Fast" static random access memory, or SRAM, products that are incorporated primarily in high-performance networking and telecommunications equipment, such as routers, switches, wide area network infrastructure equipment, wireless base stations and network access equipment. In addition, we serve the ongoing needs of the military, industrial, test equipment and medical markets for high-performance SRAMs. Gartner Dataquest divides the SRAM market into segments based on speed. The highest performance segment is comprised of SRAMs that operate at speeds of less than 10 nanoseconds, which we refer to as "Very Fast SRAMs." Gartner Dataquest estimates that this segment of the SRAM market will be greater than $1 billion in 2007.

We sell our products to leading networking and telecommunications original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, including Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco Systems, Huawei Technologies and Nortel Networks. Cisco Systems is our largest OEM customer and accounted for approximately 28% to 34% of our net revenues during our last three fiscal years. We work closely with system designers at leading OEMs to better anticipate their needs and gain insight into future technology requirements. We utilize a fabless business model, which allows us both to focus our resources on research and development, product design and marketing, and to gain access to advanced process technologies with only modest capital investment and fixed costs.

We believe the key success factors for a Very Fast SRAM vendor are the ability to offer a broad catalog of high-performance, high-quality and high-reliability Very Fast SRAM products, to continuously introduce new products with higher speeds, lower power consumption and greater memory capacity, or density, to maintain timely availability of prior generations of products for several years after their introductions, and to provide effective logistic and technical support throughout OEM customers' product development and manufacturing life cycles. Accordingly, the key elements of our solution include:

•: Innovative Product Performance Leadership. We believe that through the use of advanced architectures, design methodologies and silicon process technologies, we have established a position as a technology leader in the design and development of Very Fast SRAMs. The vast majority of our products have random access times of 9 nanoseconds or less, while our newest products have random access times of less than 5 nanoseconds and clock access times as fast as 0.45 nanoseconds. Many of our Very Fast SRAMs require significantly less power than comparable products offered by our principal competitors.
•: Broad and Readily Available Product Portfolio. To meet our OEM customers' diverse needs, we have what we believe is the broadest catalog of Very Fast SRAM products currently available, with features that address a wide range of our networking and telecommunications OEM

customers' system requirements. Additionally, we commit to manufacture our products for seven years or more following their initial introduction, which is generally longer than our competitors.

•: Master Die Methodology. Our use of master die designs enables multiple product families to be manufactured from a single mask set. This allows us to respond to unforecasted customer orders more quickly than our competitors and reduce our costs through the purchase of fewer mask sets by enabling more cost-efficient use of engineering resources and by reducing the incidence of obsolete inventory.
•: Customer Responsiveness. We work closely with leading networking and telecommunications OEMs, as well as their chip-set suppliers, to better anticipate their requirements and to rapidly develop and implement solutions that allow them to meet their specific product performance objectives. Our customer driven approach provides our OEM customers with high-quality and high-reliability products and helps them accelerate their time-to-market.

Our objective is to profitably increase our market share in the Very Fast SRAM market by:

•: continuing to focus on the networking and telecommunications markets;
•: strengthening and expanding our customer relationships;
•: continuing to invest in research and development to extend our technology leadership; and
•: collaborating with wafer foundries to leverage leading-edge process technologies.

We were incorporated in California in 1995 under the name Giga Semiconductor, Inc. We changed our name to GSI Technology in December 2003 and reincorporated in Delaware in June 2004 under the name GSI Technology, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 2360 Owen Street, Santa Clara, California, 95054, and our telephone number is (408) 980-8388. Our website is www.gsitechnology.com. The information contained on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

The Offering

Common stock offered by:
	GSI Technology, Inc.		shares
	Selling stockholders		shares
		Total	shares
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering			shares
Use of proceeds			We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering, without exercise of the over-allotment option, will be approximately $ million. We intend to use these net proceeds for general corporate purposes including working capital. See "Use of Proceeds."
Risk factors			See "Risk Factors" and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol			GSIT

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the pro forma number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006 and reflects the conversion of all shares of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into 15,120,168 shares of our common stock. This information excludes:

•: 4,348,869 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options issued under our stock option plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.52 per share;
•: 559,897 shares authorized for future issuance under our 2000 stock option plan;
•: 3,000,000 shares authorized for future issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan; and
•: 500,000 shares authorized for future issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan.

The number of shares authorized for future issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan and our 2007 employee stock purchase plan reflected above does not include shares that may be available for future issuance pursuant to the automatic share reserve increase provisions of these plans.

In addition, the underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to additional shares from us. Some of the disclosures in this prospectus would be different if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option. Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus:

•: reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 15,120,168 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering; and
•: assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

We present below our summary consolidated financial data. The consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the actual consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, each included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.

			Fiscal Year Ended March 31,								Nine Months Ended December 31,
			2004			2005			2006		2005			2006
			(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenues			$	35,419		$	45,736		$	43,141	$	32,737		$	44,180
Cost of revenues				26,619			30,715			29,229		22,826			27,213

Gross profit				8,800			15,021			13,912		9,911			16,967

Operating expenses:
	Research and development			5,500			4,804			5,377		4,194			3,756
	Selling, general and administrative			4,152			5,756			4,797		3,572			4,440

		Total operating expenses		9,652			10,560			10,174		7,766			8,196

Income (loss) from operations				(852	)		4,461			3,738		2,145			8,771
Interest and other income (expense), net				182			164			682		396			541

Income (loss) before income taxes				(670	)		4,625			4,420		2,541			9,312
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes				—			(155	)		171		(401	)		3,293

Net income (loss)			$	(670	)	$	4,780		$	4,249	$	2,942		$	6,019

Net income (loss) per common share:
	Basic		$	(0.12	)	$	0.63		$	0.54	$	0.37		$	0.86

	Diluted		$	(0.12	)	$	0.21		$	0.19	$	0.13		$	0.26

Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:
	Basic			5,737			6,112			6,148		6,142			6,238

	Diluted			5,737			22,562			22,586		22,570			22,745

	December 31, 2006
	Actual		Pro Forma As Adjusted
	(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments	$	14,905	$
Working capital		33,168
Total assets		50,754
Redeemable convertible preferred stock		9,007
Total stockholders' equity		27,825

The pro forma as adjusted information above reflects the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $ per share, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, and giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 15,120,168 shares of our common stock and the application of the net proceeds of the offering.

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding whether to purchase our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Additional risks that we currently do not know about or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

Unpredictable fluctuations in our operating results could cause our stock price to decline.

Our quarterly revenues, expenses and operating results have varied significantly from quarter to quarter and are likely to vary in the future. For example, in the seven most recent fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2006, we have recorded quarterly operating income of as much as $3.4 million and as little as $508,000. We therefore believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results are not a good indication of our future performance, and you should not rely on them to predict our future performance or the future performance of our stock price. You should not consider recent quarterly revenue growth as an indication of our future performance. In fact, in future quarters we may not have any revenue growth, or our revenues could decline. Furthermore, if our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our financial performance will be adversely affected. Factors that may affect quarterly operating results in the future include:

•: our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers and increase sales to such customers;
•: unpredictability of the timing and size of customer orders, since most of our customers purchase our products on a purchase order basis rather than pursuant to a long term contract;
•: fluctuations in availability and costs associated with materials needed to satisfy customer requirements;
•: manufacturing defects, which could cause us to incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, lose potential sales, harm our relationships with customers and result in write-downs;
•: changes in our product pricing policies, including those made in response to new product announcements and pricing changes of our competitors; and
•: our ability to address technology issues as they arise, improve our products' functionality and expand our product offerings.

Our expenses are, to a large extent, fixed, and we expect that these expenses will increase in the future. We will not be able to adjust our spending quickly if our revenues fall short of our expectations. If this were to occur, our operating results would be harmed. If our operating results in future quarters fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors, the price of our common stock could fall.

We have incurred significant losses in prior periods and may incur losses in the future.

We have incurred significant losses in prior periods. For example, in fiscal 2003 and 2004, we incurred losses of $7.4 million and $670,000, respectively. Although we have operated profitably during the last two fiscal years, there can be no assurance that our Very Fast SRAMs will continue to receive broad market acceptance or that we will be able to sustain revenue growth or profitability. Our failure to do so may result in additional losses in the future. In addition, we expect our operating expenses to increase as we expand our business. If our revenues do not grow to offset these expected increased expenses, our business will suffer.

We depend upon the sale of our Very Fast SRAMs for most of our revenues, and a downturn in demand for these products could significantly reduce our revenues and harm our business.

We derive most of our revenues from the sale of Very Fast SRAMs, and we expect that sales of these products will represent the substantial majority of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Our business depends in large part upon continued demand for our products in the markets we currently serve, and adoption of our products in new markets. Market adoption will be dependent upon our ability to increase customer awareness of the benefits of our products and to prove their high-performance and cost-effectiveness. We may not be able to sustain or increase our revenues from sales of our products, particularly if the networking and telecommunications markets were to experience another significant downturn in the future. Any decrease in revenues from sales of our products could harm our business more than it would if we offered a more diversified line of products.

We are subject to the highly cyclical nature of the networking and telecommunications markets.

Our products are incorporated into routers, switches, wireless local area network infrastructure equipment, wireless base stations and network access equipment used in the highly cyclical networking and telecommunications markets. Our operating results declined sharply in fiscal 2002 and 2003 as a result of the severe contraction in demand for networking and telecommunications equipment in which our products are incorporated. Prior to this period of contraction, the networking and telecommunications markets experienced a period of rapid growth, which resulted in a significant increase in demand for our products. We expect that the networking and telecommunications markets will continue to be highly cyclical, characterized by periods of rapid growth and contraction. Our business and our operating results are likely to fluctuate, perhaps quite severely, as a result of this cyclicality.

The average selling prices of our products are expected to decline, and if we are unable to offset these declines, our operating results will suffer.

Historically, the average unit selling prices of our products have declined substantially over the lives of the products, and we expect this trend to continue. A reduction in overall average selling prices of our products could result in reduced revenues and lower gross margins. Our ability to increase our net revenues and maintain our gross margins despite a decline in the average selling prices of our products will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to introduce lower cost versions of our existing products, increase unit sales volumes of these products, and introduce new products with higher prices and greater margins. If we fail to accomplish any of these objectives, our business will suffer. To reduce our costs, we may be required to implement design changes that lower our manufacturing costs, negotiate reduced purchase prices from our independent foundry, Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited, or TSMC, and our independent assembly and test vendors, and successfully manage our manufacturing and subcontractor relationships. Because we do not operate our own wafer foundry or assembly facilities, we may not be able to reduce our costs as rapidly as companies that operate their own foundries or facilities.

Cisco Systems, our largest OEM customer, accounts for a significant percentage of our net revenues. If Cisco Systems, or any of our other major customers reduce the amount they purchase or stop purchasing our products, our operating results will suffer.

Cisco Systems, our largest OEM customer, purchases our products through SMART Modular Technologies, its consignment warehouse, through its contract manufacturers and directly from us. Based on information provided to us by consignment warehouses and contract manufacturers, purchases by Cisco Systems represented approximately 31%, 34%, 28% and 32% of our net revenues in fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, respectively.

We expect that our operating results in any given period will continue to depend significantly on orders from our key OEM customers, particularly Cisco Systems, and our future success is dependent to a large degree on the business success of these OEMs over which we have no control. We do not have long-term contracts with Cisco Systems or any of our other major OEM customers, distributors or contract manufacturers that obligate them to purchase our products. If we fail to continue to sell to our key OEM customers, distributors or contract manufacturers in sufficient quantities, the growth of our business could be harmed.

We rely heavily on distributors and our success depends on our ability to develop and manage our indirect distribution channels.

A significant percentage of our sales are made to distributors and to contract manufacturers who incorporate our products into end products for OEMs. For example, in fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006, and in the nine months ended December 31, 2006, our distributor Avnet Logistics accounted for 32.0%, 32.5%, 30.4% and 24.2%, respectively, of our net revenues and our distributor Nu Horizons accounted for 3.0%, 6.1%, 10.3% and 8.4%, respectively, of our net revenues. Avnet Logistics, Nu Horizons and our other existing distributors may choose to devote greater resources to marketing and supporting the products of other companies. Since we sell through multiple channels and distribution networks, we may have to resolve potential conflicts between these channels. For example, these conflicts may result from the different discount levels offered by multiple channel distributors to their customers or, potentially, from our direct sales force targeting the same equipment manufacturer accounts as our indirect channel distributors. These conflicts may harm our business or reputation.

We may be unable to accurately predict future sales through our distributors, which could harm our ability to efficiently manage our resources to match market demand.

Our financial results, quarterly product sales, trends and comparisons are affected by fluctuations in the buying patterns of the OEMs that purchase our products from our distributors. While we attempt to assist our distributors in maintaining targeted stocking levels of our products, we may not consistently be accurate or successful. This process involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties, including end user demand. Inventory levels of our products held by our distributors may exceed or fall below the levels we consider desirable on a going-forward basis. This could result in distributors returning unsold inventory to us, or in us not having sufficient inventory to meet the demand for our products. If we are not able to accurately predict sales through our distributors or effectively manage our relationships with our distributors, our business and financial results will suffer.

A small number of customers generally account for a significant portion of our accounts receivable in any period, and if any one of them fails to pay us, our operating results will suffer.

At December 31, 2006, SMART Modular Technologies, Avnet Logistics and Nu Horizons accounted for 39.2%, 18.2% and 5.5%, respectively, of our accounts receivable. If any of these customers do not pay us, our operating results will be harmed. Generally, we do not require collateral from our customers.

We could become subject to claims and litigation regarding intellectual property rights, which could seriously harm our business and require us to incur significant costs.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the semiconductor industry involving patents and other intellectual property rights. In the past, we have been subject to claims and litigation regarding alleged infringement of other parties' intellectual property rights. In 2002, we settled patent litigation filed against us by one of our competitors. In connection with the settlement, we obtained a license from that competitor and agreed to pay a license fee and ongoing royalties. We could become

subject to additional litigation in the future as a result of allegations that we infringe others' intellectual property rights or that our use of intellectual property otherwise violates the law. Claims that our products infringe the proprietary rights of others would force us to defend ourselves and possibly our customers or manufacturers against the alleged infringement. Any such litigation regarding intellectual property could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, changing our products or processes to avoid infringing the rights of others may be costly or impractical. If any claims received in the future were to be upheld, the consequences to us would be severe and could require us to:

•: stop selling our products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;
•: obtain a license to sell or use the relevant technology, which license may not be available on reasonable terms or at all;
•: pay damages; or
•: redesign those products that use the disputed technology.

Although patent disputes in the semiconductor industry have often been settled through cross-licensing arrangements, we may not be able in any or every instance to settle an alleged patent infringement claim through a cross-licensing arrangement. We have a more limited patent portfolio than many of our competitors. If a successful claim is made against us or any of our customers and a license is not made available to us on commercially reasonable terms or we are required to pay substantial damages or awards, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

Our business will suffer if we are unable to protect our intellectual property.

Our success and ability to compete depends in large part upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws and non-disclosure and other contractual agreements to protect our proprietary rights. These agreements and measures may not be sufficient to protect our technology from third-party infringement, or to protect us from the claims of others. Monitoring unauthorized use of our products is difficult and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. Our attempts to enforce our intellectual property rights could be time consuming and costly. Litigation may be necessary in order to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement. If competitors are able to use our technology without our approval or compensation, our ability to compete effectively could be harmed.

The market for Very Fast SRAMs is highly competitive.

The market for Very Fast SRAMs, which are used primarily in networking and telecommunications equipment, is characterized by price erosion, rapid technological change, cyclical market patterns and heightened foreign and domestic competition. Several of our competitors offer a broad array of memory products and have greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution and other resources than we have. Some of our competitors maintain their own semiconductor fabrication facilities, which may provide them with capacity, cost and technical advantages over us. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against any of these competitors. Our ability to compete successfully in this market depends on factors both within and outside of our control, including:

•: real or perceived imbalances in supply and demand of Very Fast SRAMs;
•: the rate at which OEMs incorporate our products into their systems;

•: the success of our customers' products;
•: our ability to develop and market new products;
•: access to advanced process technologies at competitive prices; and
•: the supply and cost of wafers.

In addition, we are vulnerable to advances in technology by competitors, including new SRAM architectures and new forms of dynamic random access memory, or DRAM, or the emergence of new memory technologies that could enable the development of products that feature higher performance, lower cost or lower power capabilities. Additionally, the trend toward incorporating SRAM into other chips in the networking and telecommunications markets has the potential to reduce future demand for Very Fast SRAM products. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully in the future. Our failure to compete successfully in these or other areas could harm our business.

We may experience difficulties in transitioning to smaller geometry process technologies and other more advanced manufacturing process technologies, which may result in reduced manufacturing yields, delays in product deliveries and increased expenses.

In order to remain competitive, we expect to continue to transition the manufacture of our products to smaller geometry process technologies. This transition will require us to migrate to new manufacturing processes for our products and redesign certain products. The manufacture and design of our products is complex, and we may experience difficulty in transitioning to smaller geometry process technologies or new manufacturing processes. These difficulties could result in reduced manufacturing yields, delays in product deliveries and increased expenses. We are dependent on our relationships with TSMC to transition successfully to smaller geometry process technologies and to more advanced manufacturing processes. We cannot assure you that TSMC will be able to effectively manage the transition or that we will be able to maintain our relationship with TSMC. If we or TSMC experience significant delays in this transition or fail to implement these transitions, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Manufacturing process technologies are subject to rapid change and require significant expenditures for research and development.

We continuously evaluate the benefits of migrating to smaller geometry process technologies in order to improve performance and reduce costs. Historically, these migrations to new manufacturing processes have resulted in significant initial design and development costs associated with pre-production mask sets for the manufacture of new products with smaller geometry process technologies. For example, in the nine months ended December 31, 2005, we incurred $678,000 in research and development associated with pre-production mask sets, which were not later used in production as part of the transition to our new 90 nanometer process technology. We will incur similar expenses in the future as we continue to transition our products to smaller geometry processes. The transition costs inherent in the transition to new manufacturing process technologies will adversely affect our operating results and our gross margin.

Our products are complex to design and manufacture and could contain defects, which could reduce revenues or result in claims against us.

We develop complex products. Despite testing by us and our OEM customers, design or manufacturing errors may be found in existing or new products. These defects could result in a delay in recognition or loss of revenues, loss of market share or failure to achieve market acceptance. These defects may also cause us to incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts, result in a loss of market acceptance

of our products and harm our relationships with our OEM customers. Our OEM customers could also seek and obtain damages from us for their losses. A product liability claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming and costly to defend.

Defects in wafers and other components used in our products and arising from the manufacturing of these products may not be fully recoverable from TSMC or other suppliers. For example, in the quarter ended December 31, 2005, we incurred a charge of approximately $900,000 related to the write-off of inventory resulting from an error in the assembly process at one of our suppliers. This write-off adversely affected our operating results for fiscal 2006.

We are dependent on a number of single source suppliers, and if we fail to obtain adequate supplies, our business will be harmed and our prospects for growth will be curtailed.

We currently purchase several key components used in the manufacture of our products from single sources and are dependent upon supply from these sources to meet our needs. If any of these suppliers cannot provide components on a timely basis, at the same price or at all, our ability to manufacture our products will be constrained and our business will suffer. For example, we obtain wafers from a single foundry, TSMC. If we are unable to obtain an adequate supply of wafers from TSMC or find alternative sources in a timely manner, we will be unable to fulfill our customer orders and our operating results will be harmed. We do not have supply agreements with TSMC or any of our independent assembly and test suppliers, and instead obtain manufacturing services and products on a purchase-order basis. Our suppliers, including TSMC, have no obligation to supply products or services to us for any specific product, in any specific quantity, at any specific price or for any specific time period. As a result, the loss or failure to perform by any of these suppliers could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Should any of our single source suppliers experience manufacturing failures or yield shortfalls, be disrupted by natural disaster or political instability, choose to prioritize capacity or inventory for other uses or reduce or eliminate deliveries to us, we likely will not be able to enforce fulfillment of any delivery commitments and we would have to identify and qualify acceptable replacements from alternative sources of supply. In particular, if TSMC is unable to supply us with sufficient quantities of wafers to meet all of our requirements, we would have to allocate our products among our customers, which would constrain our growth and might cause some of them to seek alternative sources of supply. Since the manufacturing of wafers and other components is extremely complex, the process of qualifying new foundries and suppliers is a lengthy process and there is no assurance that we will be able to find and qualify another supplier without materially adversely affecting our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because we outsource our wafer manufacturing and independent wafer foundry capacity is limited, we may be required to enter into costly long-term supply arrangements to secure foundry capacity.

We do not have long-term supply agreements with TSMC, but instead obtain our wafers on a purchase order basis. In order to secure future wafer supply from TSMC or from other independent foundries, we may be required to enter into various arrangements with them, which could include:

•: contracts that commit us to purchase specified quantities of wafers over extended periods;
•: investments in and joint ventures with the foundries; or
•: non-refundable deposits with or prepayments or loans to foundries in exchange for capacity commitments.

We may not be able to make any of these arrangements in a timely fashion or at all, and these arrangements, if any, may not be on terms favorable to us. Moreover, even if we are able to secure

independent foundry capacity, we may be obligated to use all of that capacity or incur penalties. These penalties may be expensive and could harm our financial results.

If we are unable to offset increased wafer fabrication costs by increasing the average selling prices of our products, our gross margins will suffer.

If there is a significant upturn in the networking and telecommunications markets that results in increased demand for our products and competing products, the available supply of wafers may be limited. As a result, we could be required to obtain additional manufacturing capacity in order to meet increased demand. Securing additional manufacturing capacity may cause our wafer fabrication costs to increase. If we are unable to offset these increased costs by increasing the average selling prices of our products, our gross margins will decline.

Demand for our products may decrease if our OEM customers experience difficulty manufacturing, marketing or selling their products.

Our products are used as components in our OEM customers' products. For example, Cisco Systems, our largest OEM customer, incorporates our products in a number of its networking routers and switches. Accordingly, demand for our products is subject to factors affecting the ability of our OEM customers to successfully introduce and market their products, including:

•: capital spending by telecommunication and network service providers and other end users who purchase our OEM customers' products;
•: the competition our OEM customers face, particularly in the networking and telecommunications industries;
•: the technical, manufacturing, sales and marketing and management capabilities of our OEM customers;
•: the financial and other resources of our OEM customers; and
•: the inability of our OEM customers to sell their products if they infringe third-party intellectual property rights.

As a result, if OEM customers reduce their purchases of our products, our business will suffer.

Downturns in the semiconductor industry may harm our revenues and margins.

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical. The industry has experienced significant downturns, often in connection with, or in anticipation of, maturing product cycles of both semiconductor companies' and their customers' products and declines in general economic conditions. These downturns have been characterized by production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. From time to time, the semiconductor industry also has experienced periods of increased demand and production capacity constraints.

Our operating results may suffer during the down portion of these cycles. For example, the SRAM industry experienced significant declines in the average selling prices of SRAM products during the recent downturn in the semiconductor industry. We expect similar declines to occur in the future. Downturns in the semiconductor industry could cause our stock price to be volatile, and a prolonged decline in the industry could adversely affect our revenues. If we are unable to control our expenses adequately in response to reduced net sales, our results of operations would be negatively impacted. For example, the industry downturn in 2001 resulted in a $3.9 million inventory write-off in fiscal 2002.

If we do not successfully develop new products to respond to rapid market changes due to changing technology and evolving industry standards, particularly in the networking and telecommunications markets, our business will be harmed.

If we fail to offer technologically advanced products and respond to technological advances and emerging standards, we may not generate sufficient revenues to offset our development costs and other expenses, which will hurt our business. The development of new or enhanced products is a complex and uncertain process that requires the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. In particular, the networking and telecommunications markets are rapidly evolving and new standards are emerging. We are vulnerable to advances in technology by competitors, including new SRAM architectures, new forms of DRAM and the emergence of new memory technologies that could enable the development of products that feature higher performance or lower cost. We may experience development, marketing and other technological difficulties that may delay or limit our ability to respond to technological changes, evolving industry standards, competitive developments or end-user requirements. For example, because we have limited experience developing integrated circuits, or IC, products other than Very Fast SRAMs, our efforts to introduce new products may not be successful and our business may suffer. Other challenges that we face include:

•: our products may become obsolete upon the introduction of alternative technologies;
•: we may incur substantial costs if we need to modify our products to respond to these alternative technologies;
•: we may not have sufficient resources to develop or acquire new technologies or to introduce new products capable of competing with future technologies;
•: new products that we develop may not successfully integrate with our end-users' products into which they are incorporated;
•: we may be unable to develop new products that incorporate emerging industry standards;
•: we may be unable to develop or acquire the rights to use the intellectual property necessary to implement new technologies; and
•: when introducing new or enhanced products, we may be unable to manage effectively the transition from older products.

Our products have lengthy sales cycles that make it difficult to plan our expenses and forecast results.

Our products are generally incorporated in our OEM customers' products at the design stage. However, their decisions to use our products often require significant expenditures by us without any assurance of success, and often precede volume sales, if any, by a year or more. If an OEM customer decides at the design stage not to incorporate our products into their products, we will not have another opportunity for a design win with respect to that customer's product for many months or years, if at all. Our sales cycle can take up to 24 months to complete, and because of this lengthy sales cycle, we may experience a delay between increasing expenses for research and development and our sales and marketing efforts and the generation of volume production revenues, if any, from these expenditures. Moreover, the value of any design win will largely depend on the commercial success of our OEM customers' products. There can be no assurance that we will continue to achieve design wins or that any design win will result in future revenues.

Any significant order cancellations or order deferrals could adversely affect our operating results.

We typically sell products pursuant to purchase orders that customers can generally cancel or defer on short notice without incurring a significant penalty. Any significant cancellations or deferrals in the future could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Cancellations or deferrals could cause us to hold excess inventory, which could reduce our profit margins, increase product obsolescence and restrict our ability to fund our operations. We generally recognize revenue upon shipment of products to a customer. If a customer refuses to accept shipped products or does not pay for these products, we could miss future revenue projections or incur significant charges against our income, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.

We are subject to pending legal proceedings.

We have been named as a defendant in a number of civil antitrust complaints filed against semiconductor companies on behalf of purported classes of direct and indirect purchasers of SRAM products throughout the United States. The complaints allege that the defendants conspired to raise the price of SRAM in violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act, the California Cartwright Act, and several other state antitrust, unfair competition and consumer protection statutes. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations in the complaints, and we intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously. However, the litigation is in the preliminary stage and we cannot predict its outcome. Multidistrict antitrust litigation is particularly complex and can extend for a protracted time, which can substantially increase the cost of such litigation. The defense of these lawsuits is also expected to divert the efforts and attention of some of our key management and technical personnel. As a result, our defense of this litigation, regardless of its eventual outcome, will likely be costly and time consuming. Should the outcome of the litigation be adverse to us, we could be required to pay significant monetary damages, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

As our business grows, such growth may place a significant strain on our management and operations and, as a result, our business may suffer.

We plan to continue expanding our business, and our expected growth could place a significant strain on our management systems, infrastructure and other resources. To manage the expected growth of our operations and increases in the number of our personnel, we will need to invest the necessary capital to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Accordingly, we are currently transitioning the preparation of all of our internal reporting to a new enterprise resource planning system, which is expected to be implemented in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. If we encounter problems with the implementation of this system, we may have difficulties tracking internal information, which would adversely affect our ability to timely report our financial results. Our controls, systems and procedures might not be adequate to support a growing public company. In addition, we likely do not have sufficient administrative staff to support our operations. For example, we currently have only three employees in our finance department in the United States, including our Chief Financial Officer. Furthermore, our officers have limited experience in managing large or rapidly growing businesses and the majority of our management has no experience in managing a public company or communicating with securities analysts and public company investors. If our management fails to respond effectively to changes in our business, our business may suffer.

Our international business exposes us to additional risks.

Products shipped to destinations outside of the United States accounted for 51.9%, 48.3% and 49.2% of our net revenues in fiscal 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, respectively. Moreover, a substantial portion of our products is manufactured and tested in Taiwan. We intend to expand our international business in the future. Conducting business outside of the United States subjects us to additional risks and challenges, including:

•: heightened price sensitivity from customers in emerging markets;

•: compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws and regulations;
•: legal uncertainties regarding taxes, tariffs, quotas, export controls, competition, export licenses and other trade barriers;
•: political and economic instability in, or foreign conflicts that involve or affect, the countries of our customers;
•: difficulties in collecting accounts receivable and longer accounts receivable payment cycles;
•: difficulties in staffing and managing personnel, distributors and representatives;
•: limited protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and
•: fluctuations in freight rates and transportation disruptions.

Moreover, our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. However, a portion of our cost of revenues and our operating expenses is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the New Taiwanese dollar. As a result, appreciation or depreciation of other currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar could result in transaction gains or losses that could impact our operating results. We do not currently engage in currency hedging activities.

TSMC, our other independent suppliers and many of our OEM customers have operations in the Pacific Rim, an area subject to significant earthquake risk and adverse consequences related to the potential outbreak of contagious diseases such as the Avian Flu.

The foundry that manufactures our products, TSMC, and all of the principal independent suppliers that assemble and test our products are located in Taiwan. Many of our customers are also located in the Pacific Rim. The risk of an earthquake in these Pacific Rim locations is significant. The occurrence of an earthquake or other natural disaster near the fabrication facilities of TSMC or our other independent suppliers could result in damage, power outages and other disruptions that impair their production and assembly capacity. Any disruption resulting from such events could cause significant delays in the production or shipment of our products until we are able to shift our manufacturing, assembling, packaging or production testing from the affected contractor to another third-party vendor. In such an event, we may not be able to obtain alternate foundry capacity on favorable terms, or at all.

The outbreak of SARS in 2003 curtailed travel to and from certain countries, primarily in the Asia-Pacific region, and limited travel within those countries. If there were to be another outbreak of a contagious disease, such as SARS or the Avian Flu, that significantly affected the Asia-Pacific region, the operations of our key suppliers could be disrupted. In addition, our business could be harmed if such an outbreak resulted in travel being restricted, as it was during parts of 2003, or if it adversely affected the operations of our OEM customers or the demand for our products or our OEM customers' products.

Changes in Taiwan's political, social and economic environment may affect our business performance.

Because much of the manufacturing and testing of our products is conducted in Taiwan, our business performance may be affected by changes in Taiwan's political, social and economic environment. For example, any political instability resulting from the relationship among the United States, Taiwan and the People's Republic of China could damage our business. Moreover, the role of the Taiwanese government in the Taiwanese economy is significant. Taiwanese policies toward economic liberalization, and laws and policies affecting technology companies, foreign investment, currency exchange rates, taxes and other matters could change, resulting in greater restrictions on our ability and our suppliers' ability to do business and operate facilities in Taiwan. If any of these changes were to occur, our business could be harmed and our stock price could decline.

Market demand for our products may decrease as a result of changes in general economic conditions, as well as incidents of terrorism, war and other social and political instability.

Our revenues and gross profit depend largely on general economic conditions and, in particular, the strength of demand for our products in the markets in which we are doing business. From time to time, customers and potential customers have elected not to make purchases of our products due to reduced budgets and uncertainty about the future, and, in the case of distributors, declining demand from their customers for their solutions in which they integrate our products. Similarly, from time to time, acts of terrorism, in particular in the United States, have had a negative impact on information technology spending. High fuel prices and turmoil in the Middle East and elsewhere have increased uncertainty in the United States and our other markets. Should the current conflicts in the Middle East and in other parts of the world suppress economic activity in the United States or globally, our customers may delay or reduce their purchases on information technology, which would result in lower demand for our products and adversely affect our results of operations.

We are substantially dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and other key personnel.

Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued services and continuing contributions of our senior management who must work together effectively in order to design our products, expand our business, increase our revenues and improve our operating results. The loss of services of Lee-Lean Shu, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Robert Yau, our Vice President of Engineering, any other executive officer or other key employee could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives. We do not have employment contracts with, nor maintain key person insurance on, any of our executive officers.

If we are unable to recruit or retain qualified personnel, our business and product development efforts could be harmed.

We must continue to identify, recruit, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled technical, managerial, sales and marketing and administrative personnel. Competition for these individuals is intense, and we may not be able to successfully recruit, assimilate or retain sufficiently qualified personnel. We may encounter difficulties in recruiting and retaining a sufficient number of qualified engineers, which could harm our ability to develop new products and adversely impact our relationships with existing and future end-users at a critical stage of development. The failure to recruit and retain necessary technical, managerial, sales, marketing and administrative personnel could harm our business and our ability to obtain new OEM customers and develop new products.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all, and which may cause dilution to existing stockholders.

We may need to seek additional funding in the future. We do not know if we will be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, if and when needed, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements, and we may be required to reduce operating costs, which could seriously harm our business. In addition, if we issue equity securities, our stockholders may experience additional dilution or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock.

Our products are increasingly being incorporated into advanced military electronics, and changes in international geopolitical circumstances and domestic budget considerations may hurt our business.

Our products are increasingly being incorporated into advanced military electronics such as radar and guidance systems. Military expenditures and appropriations for such purchases have risen significantly in recent years. However, should the current conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan and the general war on terror subside, our operating results would likely suffer. Domestic budget considerations may also adversely affect our operating results. For example, if governmental appropriations for military purchases of electronic devices that include our products are reduced, our revenues will likely decline.

If we acquire any companies or technologies in the future, they could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our operating results.

In the future, we may acquire or make investments in companies, assets or technologies that we believe are complementary or strategic. We have not made any acquisitions or investments to date, and therefore our ability as an organization to make acquisitions or investments is unproven. If we decide to make an acquisition or investment, we face numerous risks, including:

•: difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, products and personnel;
•: diversion of financial and managerial resources from existing operations;
•: risk of overpaying for or misjudging the strategic fit of an acquired company, asset or technology;
•: problems or liabilities stemming from defects of an acquired product or intellectual property litigation that may result from offering the acquired product in our markets;
•: challenges in retaining employees key to maximize the value of the acquisition or investment;
•: inability to generate sufficient return on investment;
•: incurrence of significant one-time write-offs; and
•: delays in customer purchases due to uncertainty.

If we proceed with an acquisition or investment, we may be required to use a considerable amount of our cash, including proceeds from this offering, or to finance the transaction through debt or equity securities offerings, which may decrease our financial liquidity or dilute our stockholders and affect the market price of our stock. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments, our business and prospects may be harmed.

Maintaining and improving our financial controls and complying with rules and regulations applicable to public companies will be a significant burden on our management team and require considerable expenditures of our resources.

As a public company, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we do not incur as a private company. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and The Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, or Nasdaq rules, will apply to us as a public company. Compliance with these rules and regulations will necessitate significant increases in our legal and financial budgets and may also strain our personnel, systems and resources.

The Exchange Act requires, among other things, filing of annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial

reporting. Satisfying these requirements involves a commitment of significant resources and management oversight. As a result of management's efforts to comply with such requirements, other important business concerns may receive insufficient attention, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to meet certain of these regulatory requirements may also cause us to be delisted from the Nasdaq Global Market.

In addition, in order to comply with these additional requirements, we are hiring and will continue to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge, which will increase our operating expenses in future periods.

We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain coverage. If we are unable to maintain adequate directors' and officers' insurance, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.

Our operations involve the use of hazardous and toxic materials, and we must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive, and may affect our business and operating results.

We are subject to federal, state and local regulations relating to the use, handling, storage, disposal and human exposure to hazardous and toxic materials. If we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws in the future as a result of our inability to obtain permits, human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes, we could be subject to fines, costs, or civil or criminal sanctions, face property damage or personal injury claims or be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, which could be material, or experience disruptions in our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, environmental laws could become more stringent over time imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations, which could harm our business.

We also face increasing complexity in our product design as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the materials composition of our products, including the restrictions on lead and other hazardous substances applicable to specified electronic products placed on the market in the European Union (Restriction on the Use of Hazardous Substances Directive 2002/95/EC, also known as the RoHS Directive). We also expect that our operations will be affected by other new environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws and regulations, they will likely result in additional costs, and could require that we change the design and/or manufacturing of our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock

There has been no prior market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may decline after this offering.

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock and the trading price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

An active trading market may not develop and you may not be able to resell the shares you purchase at or above the initial public offering price, or at all. The trading price of our common stock

may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

•: actual or anticipated declines in operating results;
•: changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;
•: announcements by us or our competitors of financial results, new products, significant technological innovations, contracts, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures, capital commitments or other events;
•: rapid changes in industry estimates in demand for Very Fast SRAM products;
•: the gain or loss of significant orders or customers;
•: recruitment or departure of key personnel; and
•: market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers and the economy as a whole.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, our stock price could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. Other companies in our industry and market are larger, established, publicly traded companies. As a result, it may be difficult for us to attract analyst coverage. If we should be unable to attract analyst coverage or if one or more of these analysts should cease coverage of our company, our visibility in the financial market would suffer, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly.

The price of our stock may be volatile, which could harm our business or stockholders and result in litigation.

In recent years the stock market in general, and the market for technology stocks in particular, have experienced extreme price fluctuations, which have often been unrelated to the operating performance of affected companies. The market price of our common stock might experience significant fluctuations in the future, including fluctuations unrelated to our performance. These fluctuations could materially adversely affect our business relationships, our ability to obtain future financing on favorable terms or otherwise harm our business. In addition, in the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially acute for us because the extreme volatility of market prices of technology companies has resulted in a larger number of securities class action claims against them. Due to the potential volatility of our stock price, we may in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources. This could harm our business and cause the value of our stock to decline.

We have no specific plan for the use of the net proceeds, and our investment of the net proceeds may not yield a favorable return.

We plan to use most of the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital. We may use the net proceeds in ways with which our stockholders may not agree or that prove to be disadvantageous to our stockholders. We may not be able to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a manner that yields a favorable return, which could harm our financial position and cause the value of our stock to decline.

After this offering we will continue to be controlled by our executive officers, directors and major stockholders, whose interests may conflict with yours.

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and major stockholders will beneficially own approximately % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over or merging with us.

The provisions of our charter documents might inhibit potential acquisition bids that a stockholder might believe are desirable, and the market price of our common stock could be lower as a result.

Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our Board of Directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of shares of preferred stock might delay or prevent a change in control transaction. As a result, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders might be adversely affected. The issuance of preferred stock might result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock. Our charter documents also contain other provisions, which might discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition, including:

•: our stockholders have no right to remove directors without cause;
•: our stockholders have no right to act by written consent;
•: our stockholders have no right to call a special meeting of stockholders; and
•: stockholders must comply with advance notice requirements to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.

These provisions could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock. As a result, these provisions might prevent the market price of our common stock from increasing substantially in response to actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions might also prevent changes in our management.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after the offering. Accordingly, if you purchase common stock in the offering, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $ in the book value of our common stock assuming an initial price of $ per share.

You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of outstanding options. As of December 31, 2006, there were 4,348,869 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options with a weighted average exercise price of $3.52. In addition, you may experience dilution upon the exercise of options that may be granted in the future. We have reserved an aggregate of 3,500,000 shares for future issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan and 2007 employee stock purchase plan.

There are a large number of shares of our common stock that may be sold in the market following this offering, which may depress the market price of our common stock.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that those sales could occur. These sales or the possibility that they may occur also could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of common stock. The number of shares of

common stock available for sale in the public market is limited by restrictions under federal securities laws. In addition, we and the holders of approximately 99% of our common stock, including all of our executive officers and directors, have agreed not to sell shares of our common stock without the consent of the underwriters for 180 days after the day of this prospectus. The joint book-running managers may, however, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in these lock-up agreements.

Shares of our common stock will become eligible for future sale in the public market as follows:

Number of Shares		Date Eligible
221,561		immediately as of the date of this prospectus
19,312,379		180 days after the date of this prospectus, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements

We intend to register on a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 a total of approximately 3,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option and employee stock purchase plans. As of December 31, 2006, there were outstanding options to purchase 4,348,869 shares of common stock, of which options to purchase 2,920,999 shares were vested and exercisable.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our credit line with Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., prohibits us from paying any cash dividend without the consent of that bank. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends affecting the financial condition of our business. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, including among other things:

•: general economic and business conditions, both nationally and internationally;
•: our expectations and estimates concerning future financial performance, financing plans and the impact of competition;
•: anticipated trends in our business;
•: existing and future regulations affecting our business; and
•: other risk factors set forth under Risk Factors in this prospectus.

In this prospectus, the words "believe," "may," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "expect," "could," "plan" and similar expressions, as they relate to us, our business or our management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risk factors described above and in other parts of this prospectus. These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus.

Information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the projected growth rate of the markets in which we participate is based on industry publications, surveys and forecasts generated by Gartner Dataquest and other sources. We have not independently verified their data.

USE OF PROCEEDS

At an assumed public offering price of $ per share, we will receive $ million from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses of approximately $ million, that includes $ million of estimated offering expenses payable by us on behalf of the selling stockholders. At an assumed public offering price of $ per share, the selling stockholders will receive $ million from their sale of shares of our common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount. We will not receive any portion of the net proceeds received by the selling stockholders from the sale of their shares. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we will receive an additional $ million in net proceeds.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, establish a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to public capital markets. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures and research and development. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire businesses, products or technologies that are complementary to our current or future business and product lines; however, we have never made an acquisition and currently have no specific acquisitions planned. Our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering. Pending such uses, we will invest the net proceeds of this offering in investment grade, interest-bearing securities.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings to finance the growth and development of our business, and we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our line of credit with Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. prohibits us from paying cash dividends without the consent of that bank.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2006:

•: on an actual basis;
•: on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 15,120,168 shares of common stock; and
•: on a pro forma basis as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, including offering expenses payable by us on behalf of the selling stockholders, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds."

This capitalization table should be read together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

			As of December 31, 2006
			Actual		Pro Forma		Pro Forma As Adjusted
			(in thousands, except share data)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized, 15,120,168 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted			$	9,007		—		—

Stockholders' equity:
	Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted			—		—		—
	Common stock, $0.001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 6,282,661 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 21,402,829 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted			6		21
Additional paid-in capital(1)				7,050		16,042
Retained earnings(1)				20,769		20,769

	Total stockholders' equity			27,825		36,832

		Total capitalization	$	36,832	$	36,832	$

(1): In connection with the offering, our estimated offering expenses are $ , which will be recorded as an issuance cost and therefore, will be recorded as a reduction in additional paid in capital. We will also pay approximately $ representing incremental expenses attributable to the selling stockholders, which will be expensed, thereby reducing retained earnings.

The information above excludes:

•: 4,348,869 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2006 under our 1997 and 2000 stock option plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.52 per share;
•: 559,897 shares authorized for future issuance under our 2000 stock option plan;

•: 3,000,000 shares authorized for future issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan; and
•: 500,000 shares authorized for future issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan.

The number of shares authorized for future issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan and 2007 employee stock purchase plan reflected above does not include shares that may be available for future issuance pursuant to the automatic share reserve increase provisions of these plans. The share reserve for our 2007 equity incentive plan will automatically increase on April 1 of each year, from 2008 to 2017, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) five percent of the number of shares issued and outstanding as of the immediately preceding March 31, or (b) a lesser amount determined by the Board. The share reserve for our 2007 employee stock purchase plan will automatically increase on April 1 of each year, from 2008 to 2017, by an amount equal to the lesser of (x) one percent of the number of shares issued and outstanding as of the immediately preceding March 31, or (y) 250,000 shares.

DILUTION

Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of their common stock. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2006 was $36.8 million, or $1.72 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total assets, excluding net intangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 15,120,168 shares of common stock. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering. After giving effect to our sale of shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock would have been $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price				$

	Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2006	$	1.72
	Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering

Dilution to new public investors				$

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of December 31, 2006:

•: the number of shares of common stock purchased from us;
•: the total consideration paid to us;
•: the average price per share paid by existing stockholders; and
•: the price per share paid by new investors in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $ , before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

		Shares Purchased			Total Consideration
		Shares Purchased			Total Consideration				Average Price Per Share
		Number	Percent		Amount		Percent		Average Price Per Share
Existing stockholders		21,402,829		%	$	9,556,952		%	$	0.45
New investors

	Total		100.0	%	$		100.0	%

If the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by new investors would increase to , or % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. After giving effect to the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock would be $ million, or $ per share. This would represent an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors.

The information in the above table excludes 4,348,869 shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding at December 31, 2006 under our 1997 and our 2000 stock option plans, with a weighted

average exercise price of $3.52 per share. To the extent these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to the new investors. Assuming the exercise of all outstanding options as of December 31, 2006:

•: the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock would have been $2.02 per share, representing an immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors (or $ , if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full);
•: the number of shares purchased by existing stockholders would have been 25,751,698;
•: the total consideration paid by existing stockholders would have been $24.9 million; and
•: the average price per share paid by existing stockholders would have been $0.97.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data set forth below for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2005 and 2006 are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data set forth below for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002 and 2003 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the selected consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of our management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for a fair statement of the results of those periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.

			Fiscal Year Ended March 31,														Nine Months Ended December 31,
			2002			2003			2004			2005			2006		2005			2006(3)
			(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenues			$	24,826		$	20,981		$	35,419		$	45,736		$	43,141	$	32,737		$	44,180
Cost of revenues				19,133	(1)		18,477			26,619			30,715			29,229		22,826			27,213

Gross profit				5,693			2,504			8,800			15,021			13,912		9,911			16,967

Operating expenses:
	Research and development			4,848			6,206			5,500			4,804			5,377		4,194			3,756
	Selling, general and administrative			4,883			4,500			4,152			5,756			4,797		3,572			4,440

		Total operating expenses		9,731			10,706			9,652			10,560			10,174		7,766			8,196

Income (loss) from operations				(4,038	)		(8,202	)		(852	)		4,461			3,738		2,145			8,771
Interest and other income (expense), net				779	(1)		144	(2)		182			164			682		396			541

Income (loss) before income taxes				(3,259	)		(8,058	)		(670	)		4,625			4,420		2,541			9,312
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes				(1,190	)		(620	)		—			(155	)		171		(401	)		3,293

Net income (loss)			$	(2,069	)	$	(7,438	)	$	(670	)	$	4,780		$	4,249	$	2,942		$	6,019

Net income (loss) per common share:
	Basic		$	(0.44	)	$	(1.39	)	$	(0.12	)	$	0.63		$	0.54	$	0.37		$	0.86

	Diluted		$	(0.44	)	$	(1.39	)	$	(0.12	)	$	0.21		$	0.19	$	0.13		$	0.26

Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:
	Basic			4,713			5,334			5,737			6,112			6,148		6,142			6,238

	Diluted			4,713			5,334			5,737			22,562			22,586		22,570			22,745

(1): In fiscal 2002, we received $3.5 million of refunds from the United States Customs Service, or USCS, in connection with the revocation by the United States Department of Commerce of an order that had imposed a duty on us for selling our Taiwan-manufactured products in the U.S. at less than their fair market value. The revocation followed a ruling in our favor by the Court of International Trade. Of this amount, $2.2 million was credited to cost of revenues, $396,000 was credited to interest income, and the remaining $985,000 was credited to a receivable from the USCS that had been recorded on the date of the refund order.
(2): In fiscal 2003, we received $876,000 of refunds from the USCS, of which $792,000 was credited to the receivable from the USCS and $84,000 was credited to interest income.
(3): On April 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment ("SFAS 123(R)"), using the modified prospective transition method. The impact of adoption of SFAS 123(R) was to reduce income before income tax by $809,000, net income by $787,000 and basic and diluted net income per share by $0.13 and $0.03, respectively, for the nine months ended December 31, 2006.

	March 31,
	March 31,										December 31, 2006
	2002		2003		2004		2005		2006		December 31, 2006
	(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments	$	9,334	$	6,150	$	3,488	$	11,522	$	15,505	$	14,905
Working capital		24,896		17,694		18,152		23,504		26,453		33,168
Total assets		32,504		23,803		30,899		33,524		39,544		50,754
Redeemable convertible preferred stock		9,007		9,007		9,007		9,007		9,007		9,007
Total stockholders' equity		18,033		11,696		11,619		16,568		20,958		27,825

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ substantially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a fabless semiconductor company that designs, develops and markets Very Fast SRAMs primarily for the networking and telecommunications markets. We were founded in March 1995 to develop SRAMs then targeted principally at the personal computer, or PC, market. We shipped our first products in commercial volumes in fiscal 1998. During that year, we changed our focus from marketing commodity SRAMs in the highly competitive PC market to developing and marketing advanced Very Fast SRAMs for the networking and telecommunications markets. Subsequent to fiscal 1998, product sales in these markets have represented approximately 70% to 90% of our net revenues. We are subject to the highly cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, which has experienced significant fluctuations, often in connection with fluctuations in demand for the products in which semiconductor devices are used. Beginning in fiscal 2001, the networking and telecommunications markets experienced an extended period of severe contraction, during which our operating results sharply declined. Between fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2006, demand for networking and telecommunications equipment recovered. In recent quarters, demand for such equipment has accelerated and as a result, our operating results have improved.

Revenues. Our revenues are derived primarily from sales of our Very Fast SRAM products. Sales to networking and telecommunications OEMs accounted for 70% to 80% of our net revenues during our last three fiscal years. We also sell our products to OEMs that manufacture products for defense applications such as radar and guidance systems, for professional audio applications such as sound mixing systems, for test and measurement applications such as high-speed testers, for automotive applications such as smart cruise control and voice recognition systems, and for medical applications such as ultrasound and CAT scan equipment. As is typical in the semiconductor industry, the selling prices of our products generally decline over the life of the product. Our ability to increase net revenues, therefore, is dependent upon our ability to increase unit sales volumes of existing products and to introduce and sell new products with higher average selling prices in quantities sufficient to compensate for the anticipated declines in selling prices of our more mature products. Although we expect the average selling prices of individual products to decline over time, we believe that, over the next several quarters, our overall average selling prices will increase due to a continuing shift in product mix to a higher percentage of higher price, higher density products. Our ability to increase unit sales volumes is dependent primarily upon increases in customer demand but, particularly in periods of increasing demand, can also be affected by our ability to increase production through the availability of increased wafer fabrication capacity from TSMC, our wafer supplier, and our ability to increase the number of good integrated circuit die produced from each wafer through die size reductions and yield enhancement activities.

We may experience fluctuations in quarterly net revenues for a number of reasons. Historically, orders on hand at the beginning of each quarter are insufficient to meet our revenue objectives for that quarter and are generally cancelable up to 30 days prior to scheduled delivery. Accordingly, we depend on obtaining and shipping orders in the same quarter to achieve our revenue objectives. In addition, the timing of product releases, purchase orders and product availability could result in significant product shipments at the end of a quarter. Failure to ship these products by the end of the quarter may

adversely affect our operating results. Furthermore, we typically provide that customers may delay scheduled delivery dates and cancel orders within specified time frames without significant penalty.

We sell our products through our direct sales force, international and domestic sales representatives and distributors. Revenues from product sales, except for sales to distributors, are generally recognized upon shipment, net of sales returns and allowances. Sales to consignment warehouses, who purchase products from us for use by contract manufacturers, are recorded upon delivery to the contract manufacturer. Sales to distributors are recorded as deferred revenues for financial reporting purposes and recognized as revenues when the products are resold by the distributors to the OEM.

Historically, a small number of OEM customers have accounted for a substantial portion of our net revenues, and we expect that significant customer concentration will continue for the foreseeable future. Many of our OEMs use contract manufacturers to manufacture their equipment. Accordingly, a significant percentage of our net revenues is derived from sales to these contract manufacturers and to consignment warehouses. In addition, a significant portion of our sales are made to foreign and domestic distributors who resell our products to OEMs, as well as their contract manufacturers. Direct sales to contract manufacturers and consignment warehouses accounted for 38.8%, 38.8%, 35.0%, 34.6% and 36.4% of our net revenues for fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Sales to foreign and domestic distributors accounted for 46.8%, 49.7%, 55.7%, 56.5% and 56.5% of our net revenues for fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The following direct customers accounted for 10% or more of our net revenues in one or more of the following periods:

		Fiscal Year Ended March 31,						Nine Months Ended December 31,
		2004		2005		2006		2005		2006
Consignment warehouses:
	SMART Modular Technologies	27.1	%	31.8	%	27.3	%	27.4	%	31.3	%
Distributors:
	Avnet Logistics	32.0		32.5		30.4		32.7		24.2
	Nu Horizons	3.0		6.1		10.3		9.4		8.4

Cisco Systems, our largest OEM customer, purchases our products primarily through its consignment warehouse, SMART Modular Technologies, and also purchases some products through its contract manufacturers and directly from us. Cisco Systems is one of two of our OEM customers that purchase our products through a consignment warehouse. Based on information provided to us by Cisco Systems' consignment warehouse and contract manufacturers, purchases by Cisco Systems represented approximately 31%, 34%, 28% and 32% of our net revenues in fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, respectively. To our knowledge, no other OEM customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues during any of these periods.

Cost of Revenues. Our cost of revenues consists primarily of wafer fabrication costs, wafer sort, assembly, test and burn-in expenses, the amortized cost of production mask sets, and the cost of materials and overhead from operations. All of our wafer manufacturing and assembly operations, and most of our product testing operations, are outsourced. Accordingly, most of our cost of revenues consists of payments to TSMC and independent assembly and test houses. Because we do not have long-term, fixed-price supply contracts, our wafer fabrication and other outsourced manufacturing costs are subject to the cyclical fluctuations in demand for semiconductors. Cost of revenues also includes expenses related to supply chain management, quality assurance, and final product testing and documentation control activities conducted at our headquarters in Santa Clara, California and our branch operations in Taiwan.

Gross Profit. Our gross profit margins vary among our products and are generally greater on our higher density products and, within a particular density, greater on our higher speed and industrial temperature products. We expect that our overall gross margins will fluctuate from period to period as a result of shifts in product mix, changes in average selling prices and our ability to control our cost of revenues, including costs associated with outsourced wafer fabrication and product assembly and testing.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for design engineers and other technical personnel, the cost of developing prototypes, stock-based compensation and fees paid to consultants. We charge all research and development expenses to operations as incurred. We charge mask costs used in production to costs of revenues over a 12-month period. However, we charge costs related to pre-production mask sets, which are not used in production to research and development expenses at the time they are incurred. These charges often arise as we transition to new process technologies and, accordingly, can cause research and development expenses to fluctuate on a quarterly basis. We believe that continued investment in research and development is critical to our long-term success, and we expect to continue to devote significant resources to product development activities. Accordingly, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase in future periods, although such expenses as a percentage of net revenues may fluctuate.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of commissions paid to independent sales representatives, salaries, stock-based compensation and related expenses for personnel engaged in sales, marketing, administrative, finance and human resources activities, professional fees, costs associated with the promotion of our products and other corporate expenses. We expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to grow and expand our sales force but that these expenses will decline as a percentage of net revenues. We also expect that, in support of our continued growth and our operations as a public company, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future but will fluctuate as a percentage of net revenues.

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes. We incurred operating losses in each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002, March 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004. Due to operating losses incurred in fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003, we established a full valuation allowance in fiscal 2003 for deferred tax assets. This valuation allowance was based on our assessment that realization of deferred tax assets was uncertain due to our recent history of operating losses and our inability to conclude that it was more likely than not that sufficient taxable income would be generated in future periods to realize those deferred tax assets.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth statement of operations data as a percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated:

			Fiscal Year Ended March 31,						Nine Months Ended December 31,
			2004		2005		2006		2005		2006
Net revenues			100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of revenues			75.2		67.2		67.7		69.7		61.6

Gross profit			24.8		32.8		32.3		30.3		38.4

Operating expenses:
	Research and development		15.5		10.5		12.5		12.8		8.5
	Selling, general and administrative		11.7		12.6		11.1		10.9		10.0

		Total operating expenses	27.2		23.1		23.6		23.7		18.5

Income (loss) from operations			(2.4	)	9.7		8.7		6.6		19.9
Interest and other income (expense), net			0.5		0.4		1.6		1.2		1.2

Income (loss) before income taxes			(1.9	)	10.1		10.3		7.8		21.1
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes			—		(0.4	)	0.4		(1.2	)	7.5

Net income (loss)			(1.9	)%	10.5	%	9.9	%	9.0	%	13.6	%

Nine Months Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Nine Months Ended December 31, 2005

Net Revenues. Net revenues increased by 35.0% from $32.7 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $44.2 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to an 8.3% increase in unit sales as a result of increased demand from our networking and telecommunications OEMs. Unit sales increased across our product lines, particularly for our 18 and 36 megabit Very Fast SRAM products. Net revenues also improved as a result of a 22.0% increase in the overall average selling price of our products due to a shift in product mix to a larger percentage of higher price, higher density products. We believe that OEM demand increased largely as a result of a general improvement in the business environment and an increase in capital expenditures for networking and telecommunications equipment.

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues increased by 19.2% from $22.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $27.2 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to the 8.3% increase in unit shipments and a shift in product mix to higher cost, higher density products, partially offset by various cost reduction measures, including the negotiation of price reductions for wafers purchased from TSMC and for assembly and test services provided by our contractors.

Cost of revenues included stock-based compensation of $10,000 and $154,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased by 71.2% from $9.9 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $17.0 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. Gross margin increased from 30.3% in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to 38.4% in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This increase in gross margin was primarily related to the shift in product mix. The cost reduction measures described above also contributed to the improvement in gross margin.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses decreased 10.4% from $4.2 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $3.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily due to $678,000 in costs incurred in September 2005 for pre-production mask sets related to the transition to our new 90 nanometer process technology. The decrease was partially offset by increases of $139,000 in other prototype expenses and $50,000 in outside design consultant expenses.

Research and development expenses included stock-based compensation expense of $53,000 and $371,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 24.3% from $3.6 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $4.4 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily related to an increase of $336,000 in commissions paid to manufacturers' representatives resulting from the increase in net revenues and an increase of $134,000 in payroll related expenses.

Selling, general and administrative expenses included stock-based compensation expense of $9,000 and $284,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net. Interest and other income (expense), net increased by 36.6%, from $396,000 in the nine months ended December 31, 2006 to $541,000 in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily the result of an increase in interest income of $287,000 due to higher interest rates and higher average balances of invested cash, offset in part by a foreign exchange loss related to our Taiwan branch operations.

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes increased from a benefit of $401,000 in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to an expense of $3.3 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This increase was due to the increase in pre-tax income and the release of $895,000 of tax reserves in 2005 following the conclusion of an income tax audit by the Internal Revenue Service.

Net Income. Net income increased 104.6% from $2.9 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $6.0 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to increased net revenues and improved gross margins.

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2006 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2005

Net Revenues. Net revenues decreased by 5.7% from $45.7 million in fiscal 2005 to $43.1 million in fiscal 2006. This decrease was primarily due to an 18.9% decrease in unit sales, partially offset by an increase of 15.3% in the overall average selling price of our products due to a shift in product mix to a larger percentage of higher price, higher density products. Revenue growth during fiscal 2006 was adversely impacted by our inability to ship certain of our 36 megabit products due to an error in the assembly process at one of our suppliers.

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues decreased by 4.8% from $30.7 million in fiscal 2005 to $29.2 million in fiscal 2006. This decrease was primarily due to the 18.9% decrease in unit shipments and a decrease in unit cost due to various cost reduction measures, including the negotiation of price reductions for wafers purchased from TSMC and for assembly and test services provided by our contractors. Offsetting these reductions was a charge of approximately $900,000 in fiscal 2006 related to the write-off of inventory resulting from the assembly error cited above.

Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased by 7.4% from $15.0 million in fiscal 2005 to $13.9 million in fiscal 2006 primarily due to the 5.7% decline in net revenues. Gross margin decreased from 32.8% in fiscal 2005 to 32.3% in fiscal 2006. This decrease in gross margin was primarily related to the write-off

of inventory resulting from the assembly error cited above. The decrease in gross margin was partially offset by the shift in product mix and the cost reduction measures described above.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses increased by 11.9% from $4.8 million in fiscal 2005 to $5.4 million in fiscal 2006. This increase was primarily due to $678,000 in costs incurred in fiscal 2006 for pre-production mask sets related to the transition to our new 90 nanometer process technology. The increase was partially offset by a decrease of $85,000 in payroll related expenses.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by 16.7% from $5.8 million in fiscal 2005 to $4.8 million for fiscal 2006. This decrease was primarily related to the write-off in fiscal 2005 of $962,000 in costs incurred in 2004 in connection with a planned initial public offering of our common stock, which was not consummated, and a decrease in commissions paid to manufacturers' representatives, partially offset by increased payroll related expenses.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net. Interest and other income (expense), net increased by 315.9% from $164,000 in fiscal 2005 to $682,000 in fiscal 2006. Net interest earned on invested cash balances increased from $166,000 to $482,000 due to an increase in average cash balances and higher interest rates. In addition, foreign exchange gains related to our Taiwan branch operations increased from $6,000 in fiscal 2005 to $207,000 in fiscal 2006.

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes. There was a $155,000 benefit from income taxes in fiscal 2005 compared to a tax expense of $171,000 in fiscal 2006. The income tax benefit in fiscal 2005 resulted from the release of our $1.7 million deferred tax valuation allowance. During fiscal 2005, we determined that there was sufficient positive evidence, including a recent history of generating taxable income, to release the deferred tax asset valuation allowance that was recorded as of March 31, 2004. The tax provision in fiscal 2006 reflects the release of $895,000 of tax reserves following the conclusion of an income tax audit by the Internal Revenue Service.

Net Income. Net income decreased by 11.1% from $4.8 million in fiscal 2005 to $4.2 million in fiscal 2006. This decrease was primarily due to decreased gross margins on reduced net revenues.

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2005 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2004

Net Revenues. Net revenues increased by 29.1% from $35.4 million in fiscal 2004 to $45.7 million in fiscal 2005. This increase was primarily due to a 13.0% increase in unit sales as a result of increased demand from our networking and telecommunications OEMs and an increase of 12.9% in the overall average selling price of our products due to a shift in product mix to a larger percentage of higher price, higher density products. We believe that OEM demand increased largely as a result of a general improvement in the business environment and an increase in capital expenditures for networking and telecommunications equipment.

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues increased 15.4% from $26.6 million in fiscal 2004 to $30.7 million in fiscal 2005. This increase was the result of the 13.0% increase in unit shipments and a shift in product mix to higher cost, higher density products. In addition, various cost reduction measures, which included the negotiation of price reductions for wafers purchased from TSMC and for assembly and test services provided by our contractors, helped reduce our product cost in fiscal 2005.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased by 70.7% from $8.8 million in fiscal 2004 to $15.0 million in fiscal 2005. Gross margin increased from 24.9% in fiscal 2004 to 32.8% in fiscal 2005. This gross margin improvement was a result of the shift in product mix, with a greater proportion of revenues being generated by our higher margin, higher density products, lower costs as a result of the cost reduction measures described above, and reduced product cost due to yield improvement.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses decreased by 12.7% from $5.5 million in fiscal 2004 to $4.8 million in fiscal 2005. This decrease was primarily due to a $377,000 decrease in prototyping expenses and pre-production mask costs, a $300,000 decrease in stock-based compensation expense, a $124,000 decrease in depreciation expense and a $69,000 decrease in outside design consultant expense, partially offset by an increase of $189,000 in payroll related expenses.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 38.6% from $4.2 million in fiscal 2004 to $5.8 million in fiscal 2005. This increase was primarily due to the write-off in fiscal 2005 of $962,000 of costs incurred in 2004 in connection with a planned initial public offering of our common stock, which was not consummated, an increase of $307,000 in commissions paid to manufacturers' representatives as a result of increased net revenues, an increase of $170,000 in payroll related expenses, and an increase of $167,000 in professional fees.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net. Interest and other income (expense), net decreased by 9.9% from $182,000 in fiscal 2004 to $164,000 in fiscal 2005. This decrease resulted from reductions in our average cash balances and fluctuating foreign exchange rates that impacted our operations in Taiwan.

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes. There was no tax provision in fiscal 2004 due to our pre-tax loss. The $155,000 benefit from income taxes in fiscal 2005 resulted from the release of our deferred tax valuation allowance. During fiscal 2005, we determined that there was sufficient positive evidence, including a recent history of generating taxable income, to release the deferred tax asset valuation allowance that was recorded as of March 31, 2004. Accordingly, we released the deferred tax valuation allowance of $1.7 million during fiscal 2005.

Net Income (Loss). Net income increased to $4.8 million in fiscal 2005 from a loss of $670,000 in fiscal 2004. This increase was primarily due to the increases in net revenues and gross margin.

Quarterly Consolidated Results of Operations

The following tables present unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the seven quarters ended December 31, 2006, and the data expressed as a percentage of net revenues. We have prepared the unaudited quarterly financial information on a consistent basis with the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and the financial information reflects all normal, recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of such information in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for the quarters presented. The results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.

			Quarter Ended
			June 30, 2005		Sept. 30, 2005			Dec. 31, 2005			Mar. 31, 2006		June 30, 2006		Sept. 30, 2006		Dec. 31, 2006
			(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenues			$	11,215	$	10,425		$	11,097		$	10,404	$	13,973	$	14,956	$	15,251
Cost of revenues				7,620		6,984			8,222			6,403		8,395		9,047		9,771

Gross profit				3,595		3,441			2,875			4,001		5,578		5,909		5,480

Operating expenses:
	Research and development			1,177		1,818			1,199			1,183		1,287		1,157		1,312
	Selling, general and administrative			1,321		1,115			1,136			1,225		1,318		1,382		1,740

		Total operating expenses		2,498		2,933			2,335			2,408		2,605		2,539		3,052

Income from operations				1,097		508			540			1,593		2,973		3,370		2,428
Interest and other income (expense), net				114		106			176			286		185		202		154

Income before income taxes				1,211		614			716			1,879		3,158		3,572		2,582
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes				369		(733	)		(37	)		572		1,048		1,185		1,060

Net income			$	842	$	1,347		$	753		$	1,307	$	2,110	$	2,387	$	1,522

Net income per common share:
	Basic		$	0.10	$	0.18		$	0.09		$	0.18	$	0.30	$	0.35	$	0.21

	Diluted		$	0.04	$	0.06		$	0.03		$	0.06	$	0.09	$	0.10	$	0.07

Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:
	Basic			6,138		6,140			6,149			6,164		6,181		6,250		6,282

	Diluted			19,299		22,629			19,491			22,630		22,642		22,954		22,819

		Quarter Ended
		June 30, 2005		Sept. 30, 2005		Dec. 31, 2005		Mar. 31, 2006		June 30, 2006		Sept. 30, 2006		Dec. 31, 2006
As a Percentage of Net Revenues:
Net revenues		100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of revenues		67.9		67.0		74.1		61.5		60.1		60.5		64.1

Gross profit		32.1		33.0		25.9		38.5		39.9		39.5		35.9

Operating expenses:
	Research and development	10.5		17.4		10.8		11.4		9.2		7.7		8.6
	Selling, general and administrative	11.8		10.7		10.2		11.8		9.4		9.2		11.4

Total operating expense		22.3		28.1		21.0		23.2		18.6		16.9		20.0

Income from operations		9.8		4.9		4.9		15.3		21.3		22.6		15.9
Interest and other income (expense), net		1.0		1.0		1.6		2.8		1.3		1.3		1.0

Income before income taxes		10.8		5.9		6.5		18.1		22.6		23.9		16.9
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		3.3		(7.0	)	(0.3	)	5.5		7.5		7.9		6.9

Net income		7.5	%	12.9	%	6.8	%	12.6	%	15.1	%	16.0	%	10.0	%

Net Revenues. Net revenues fluctuated between $10.4 million to $11.2 million over the four quarters ended March 31, 2006, and then grew to $14.0 million, $15.0 million and $15.3 million in the quarters ended June 30, 2006, September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006, respectively, primarily due to increases in unit sales as a result of increased demand from our networking and telecommunications OEMs and generally increasing overall average selling prices.

Gross Profit. Gross profit margins fluctuated over the seven quarter period ended December 31, 2006. During the five quarters ended June 30, 2006, gross margins improved on a quarterly basis from 32.1% in the quarter ended June 30, 2005 to 39.9% in the quarter ended June 30, 2006, with the exception of the quarter ended December 31, 2005 when the gross margin declined to 25.9% primarily as a result of an assembly error affecting certain of our 36 megabit products, which resulted in an inventory write-off of approximately $900,000. The overall improvement in gross margin from June 30, 2005 to December 31, 2006 was primarily a result of a continuing shift in product mix, with a greater proportion of our revenues being generated by our higher margin, higher density products. Reduced product cost due to yield improvement, and various cost reduction measures also contributed to improved gross margins. Gross margin for the quarter ended December 31, 2006 was adversely impacted by a $217,000 book to physical adjustment based on the results of a physical inventory taken as of December 31, 2006 and an increase of $92,000 stock-based compensation due to the issuance of additional stock options.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses fluctuated from a low of $1.2 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2006 to a high of $1.8 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2005. In the quarter ended September 30, 2005, research and development expenses included $678,000 in pre-production mask set costs related to the transition to new 90 nanometer process technology.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses varied from a low of $1.1 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2005 to a high of $1.7 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2006. These expenses fluctuate on a quarterly basis as a result of the timing of expenditures for commission payments to manufacturers' representatives that vary with changes in our net revenues, employee headcount, stock-based compensation expense and travel related and advertising expenses.

Most of our expenses, such as employee compensation and lease payments for facilities, are relatively fixed in the near term. In addition, our expense levels are based in part on our expectations regarding future revenues. As a result, any shortfall in revenues relative to our expectations could cause significant changes in our operating results from quarter to quarter. Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future due to a variety of factors, including:

•: our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers and increase sales to such customers;
•: unpredictability of the timing and size of customer orders, since most of our customers purchase our products on a purchase order basis rather than pursuant to a long term contract;
•: fluctuations in availability and costs associated with materials needed to satisfy customer requirements;
•: manufacturing defects, which could cause us to incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, lose potential sales, harm our relationships with customers and result in write-downs;
•: changes in our product pricing policies, including those made in response to new product announcements and pricing changes of our competitors; and
•: our ability to address technology issues as they arise, improve our products' functionality and expand our product offerings.

The occurrence of one or more of these factors might cause our operating results to vary widely. As such, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our revenues and operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have used proceeds from a number of sources, including the private sale of $9.6 million of equity securities, bank borrowings and cash generated by operating activities to support our operations, acquire capital equipment and finance accounts receivable and inventory growth.

As of December 31, 2006, our principal sources of liquidity were $14.9 million in cash, cash equivalents and short term investments, and our $4.0 million line of credit with Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. Borrowing under our credit line is limited to $1.0 million plus 70.0% of eligible United States accounts receivable balances and 35.0% of finished goods inventory, with a sublimit of $500,000 for inventory. The line of credit expires in May 2007. Although we currently intend to renew the line of credit before it expires, we do not believe its expiration would have a significant impact on our liquidity or capital resources. As of December 31, 2006, no amounts were outstanding under the credit line.

Net cash flow provided by operating activities was $3.4 million for the nine month period ended December 31, 2005 and $138,000 for the nine month period ended December 31, 2006. The primary sources of cash from operating activities in the nine month period ended December 31, 2005 were net income of $2.9 million and a $1.3 million increase in accounts payable due to the timing of wafer purchases from TSMC. These sources were primarily offset by a reduction in accrued expenses and other liabilities resulting from the payment of income taxes. The primary sources of cash from operating activities in the nine month period ended December 31, 2006 were net income of $6.0 million, increases in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities and deferred revenue. These sources were partially offset by an increase in inventory of $8.1 million as we purchased additional wafers from TSMC to meet anticipated demand and an increase in accounts receivable of $3.2 million, which reflected the increased quarterly net revenues in the December 2006 quarter compared to the March 2006 quarter.

Net cash flow used in operating activities was $2.2 million in fiscal 2004 compared with net cash provided by operating activities of $8.2 million and $5.2 million in cash in fiscal 2005 and 2006, respectively. Primary uses of cash during fiscal 2004 were our net loss of $670,000, increases in inventory of $8.1 million as we purchased wafers to meet the increasing demand for our products, and a $4.8 million increase in accounts receivable resulting from increased net revenues in the quarter ended March 31, 2004. These uses were partially offset by an increase of $3.6 million in accounts payable, resulting from the increased inventory level, an increase of $2.0 million for accrued expenses and other liabilities, and a decrease of $1.8 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets caused by our receipt of a refund for income taxes previously paid. Principal uses of cash in fiscal 2005 were accounts payable of $2.4 million and deferred income taxes of $1.3 million. Accounts payable in fiscal 2005 decreased compared to fiscal 2004 as we paid for inventory, primarily wafers from TSMC, acquired at the end of fiscal 2004. These fiscal 2005 cash uses were offset primarily by $2.4 million of decreased accounts receivable and $2.7 million of decreased inventory. Inventory levels decreased as we continued to fulfill orders from inventory on hand. The primary use of cash in fiscal 2006 was prepaid expenses and other assets of $1.1 million, accrued expenses and other liabilities of $1.4 million, inventory of $1.7 million and deferred income taxes of $734,000. These uses of cash were partially offset by $3.0 million of increased accounts payable primarily for wafers purchased from TSMC acquired at the end of fiscal 2006.

Net cash used in investing activities was $2.1 million and $2.8 million in the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Investment activities consisted primarily of purchases of test equipment in the nine months ended December 31, 2005, expenditures related to the implementation of our new enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system in the nine months ended December 31, 2006 and the investment of excess cash in auction rate securities during each period.

Net cash used in investing activities was $481,000 in fiscal 2004, $3.2 million in fiscal 2005 and $2.2 million in fiscal 2006 and consisted primarily of purchases of test equipment and the investment of excess cash in auction rate securities during each period.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $43,000 and $39,000 in the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities during each period consisted of the net proceeds from the sale of common stock pursuant to option exercises.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $65,000 in fiscal 2004, $50,000 in fiscal 2005 and $46,000 in fiscal 2006. Net cash provided by financing activities during each year consisted of the net proceeds from the sale of common stock pursuant to option exercises.

We had commitments for capital expenditures at December 31, 2006, of approximately $2.5 million. These expenditures will primarily be for test equipment and the implementation of our ERP system. We also have total minimum lease obligations of approximately $1.8 million from January 1, 2007 through May 31, 2010, under non-cancelable operating leases.

We believe that our existing balances of cash and cash equivalents, our available credit facilities and cash flow expected to be generated from our future operations will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months, although we could be required, or could elect, to seek additional funding prior to that time. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the rate of revenue growth that we experience, the extent to which we utilize subcontractors, the levels of inventory and accounts receivable that we maintain, the timing and extent of spending to support our product development efforts and the expansion of our sales and marketing efforts. Additional capital may also be required for the consummation of any acquisition of businesses, products or technologies that we may undertake. We cannot assure you that additional equity or debt financing, if required, will be available on terms that are acceptable or at all.

Contractual Obligations

The following table describes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006 under our operating leases for our facilities and test equipment:

		Payments due by period
		Up to 1 year			1-3 years			3-5 years			More than 5 years		Total
Facilities and equipment leases		$	1,101,000		$	581,000		$	118,000		—		$	1,800,000

In addition, we had inventory and mask purchase commitments as well as commitments to purchase test equipment and expenditures for implementation of our ERP system of approximately $9.2 million as of December 31, 2006. These commitments are anticipated to be fulfilled in fiscal 2007.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make judgments and estimates that affect the amounts that we report in our financial statements and accompanying notes. We believe that we consistently apply these judgments and estimates and that our financial statements and accompanying notes fairly represent all periods presented. However, any errors in these judgments and estimates may have a material impact on our balance sheet and statement of operations. Critical accounting estimates, as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require our most difficult and subjective judgments and estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting estimates include those regarding revenue recognition, the valuation of inventories, taxes and stock-based compensation.

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Under these criteria, revenue from the sale of our products is recognized upon shipment according to our shipping terms, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances based on historical experience. Sales to distributors are made under agreements allowing for returns or credits under certain circumstances. We defer recognition of revenue on sales to distributors until products are resold by the distributor to the end-user.

Our revenue reporting is dependent on receiving pertinent and accurate data from our distributors in a timely fashion. Distributors provide us monthly data regarding the product, price, quantity, and end customer for their shipments as well as the quantities of our products they have in stock at month end. In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to recognize, we use this data in reconciling differences between their reported inventories and activities. If distributors incorrectly report their inventories or activities, it could lead to inaccurate reporting of our revenues and income.

Valuation of Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on a weighted average basis. Our inventory reserves are established when conditions indicate that the selling price of our products could be less than cost due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other causes. We establish reserves for excess inventory generally based on inventory levels in excess of 12 months of forecasted demand for each specific product. Inventory consists of finished goods, work in progress and goods at distributors. Historically, it has been difficult to forecast customer demand especially at the part-number level. Many of the orders we receive from our customers and distributors request delivery of product on relatively short notice and with lead times less than our manufacturing cycle time. In order to provide competitive delivery times to our customers, we build and stock a certain amount of inventory in anticipation of customer demand that may not materialize. Moreover, as is common in the semiconductor industry, we may

allow customers to cancel orders with minimal advance notice. Thus, even product built to satisfy specific customer orders may not ultimately be required to fulfill customer demand. Nevertheless, at any point in time, some portion of our inventory is subject to the risk of being materially in excess of our projected demand. Additionally, our average selling prices could decline due to market or other conditions, which creates a risk that costs of manufacturing our inventory may not be recovered. For example, in fiscal 2002, as a result of a substantial decline in average selling price, we determined that a significant portion of our inventory was valued in excess of the price at which we could sell the product and recorded an inventory provision of $3.9 million. While we endeavor to accurately predict demand and stock commensurate inventory levels, we may be required to record additional inventory write-downs in the future, which could be material.

Taxes. We make certain estimates and judgments in the calculation of tax liabilities and the determination of deferred tax assets, which arise from temporary differences between tax and financial statement recognition methods. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that management estimates is more likely than not to be realized. If in the future we determine that we are not likely to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets, an adjustment to deferred tax assets would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made.

In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves inherent uncertainty in the application of complex tax laws. We record tax reserves for additional taxes that we estimate we may be required to pay as a result of future potential examinations by federal and state taxing authorities. If the payment ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of these tax reserves would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period we determine such reserves are no longer necessary. If an ultimate tax assessment exceeds our estimate of tax liabilities, an additional charge to expense will result.

Stock Based Compensation. Information regarding our stock option grants to our employees during fiscal 2006 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 is summarized as follows:

Date of Issuance	Number of Shares Subject to Options Granted	Exercise Price Per Share		Estimated Fair Value of Common Stock		Intrinsic Value Per Share
June 2005 through October 2005	130,400	$	4.50	$	4.50	$	—
August 2006	16,800	$	5.50	$	5.50	$	—
August 2006 through September 2006	159,200	$	5.75	$	5.75	$	—
October 2006 through November 2006	994,169	$	5.50	$	5.50	$	—

Prior to April 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees ("APB 25"), and Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25, and had adopted the disclosure-only provisions using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS 123"), and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure. In accordance with APB 25, we recognized compensation cost for options granted to the extent the exercise price was lower than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Prior to April 1, 2006, we allocated stock-based compensation costs using the straight line method and recognized the effect of forfeitures when they occurred.

On April 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment ("SFAS 123(R)"), using the modified prospective transition method. Under this method, our stock-based compensation costs recognized during the nine months ended December 31, 2006 were comprised of compensation costs for all share-based payment awards granted subsequent to April 1, 2006 and of compensation costs related to share-based payment awards that were unvested on April 1, 2006, based on their grant-date fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Prior periods were not restated. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the statement of operations for the nine months

ended December 31, 2006 is based on options ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced by the amount of estimated forfeitures.

We chose the straight-line method of allocating compensation cost over the requisite service period of the related award under SFAS 123(R). We calculated the expected term based on the historical average period of time that options were outstanding as adjusted for expected changes in future exercise patterns, which, for options granted in the nine months ended December 31, 2006, resulted in an expected term of approximately four years. We based our estimate of expected volatility on the estimated volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the expected life of the options. The dividend yield is 0%, based on the fact that we have never paid dividends and have no present intention to pay dividends. Changes to these assumptions may have a significant impact on the results of operations.

The impact of adoption of SFAS 123(R) was to reduce income before tax by $809,000, net income by $787,000 and basic and diluted net income per share by $0.13 and $0.03, respectively, for the nine months ended December 31, 2006. SFAS 123(R) requires cash flows, if any, resulting from the tax benefits from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. Adoption of FAS No. 123(R) did not have an impact on operating and financing cash flows because we did not have any excess tax benefits in the period of adoption.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we recognized forfeitures of unvested stock options as they occurred. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we began estimating future forfeitures and recognizing the effect of such forfeitures on the grant date of the awards. SFAS No. 123(R) requires a one-time cumulative adjustment at the adoption date to record an estimate of future forfeitures on the unvested outstanding awards. Based on our estimate of the impact of future forfeitures on the expense recognized for unvested options at the date of adoption, such one-time cumulative adjustment was determined to be immaterial.

We have no stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees.

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors estimated the fair value of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation expense for the periods presented. Through September 2006, the board of directors determined the estimated fair value of our common stock, based in part on our historic net revenues and a market determined revenue multiplier as well as the following:

•: the prices for our convertible preferred stock sold to investors in arms-length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of that redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;
•: the launch of new products;
•: our financial position, historic operating results and revenue growth;
•: the fact that the option grants involved illiquid securities in a private company; and
•: the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, for the shares of common stock underlying the options given prevailing market conditions.

In October 2006, we obtained an independent valuation of our common stock as of September 30, 2006 which assisted in our determination of value for grants made from October 2006 to November 21, 2006.

We believe that we have used reasonable methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, to determine the fair value of our common stock. If we had made different assumptions and estimates than those described above, the amount of our recognized and to be recognized stock-based compensation expense, net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share amounts could have been materially different.

Based upon the initial public offering price of $ per share, the aggregate intrinsic values of vested and unvested options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2006 were $ million and $ million, respectively.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2006, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. Accordingly, we are not exposed to the type of financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure Regarding Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk. Our revenues and expenses, except those expenses related to our operations in Taiwan, including subcontractor manufacturing expenses, are denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, we have relatively little exposure for currency exchange risks, and foreign exchange losses have been minimal to date. We do not currently enter into forward exchange contracts to hedge exposure denominated in foreign currencies or any other derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. In the future, if we feel our foreign currency exposure has increased, we may consider entering into hedging transactions to help mitigate that risk.

Interest Rate Sensitivity. We had unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short term investments totaling $14.9 million at December 31, 2006. These amounts were invested primarily in money market funds and auction rate securities. The unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities are held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future investment income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, or SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, which provides interpretive guidance on how the effects of the carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. We will be required to adopt the provisions of SAB No. 108 in fiscal 2008. We do not believe the adoption of SAB No. 108 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The changes to current practice resulting from the application of this Statement relate to the definition of fair value, the methods used to measure fair value, and the expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. We will be required to adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 157 beginning with our fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2008. We do not believe

the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows

In July 2006, the FASB, issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of FASB Statement 109, or FIN 48. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return (including a decision whether to file or not to file a return in a particular jurisdiction). Under the Interpretation, the financial statements will reflect expected future tax consequences of such positions presuming the taxing authorities' full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts, but without considering time values. The Interpretation substantially changes the applicable accounting model and is likely to cause greater volatility in income statements as more items are recognized discretely within income tax expense. The Interpretation also revises disclosure requirements and introduces a prescriptive, annual, tabular roll-forward of the unrecognized tax benefits. The Interpretation requires qualitative and quantitative disclosures, including discussion of reasonably possible changes that might occur in the recognized tax benefits over the next 12 months; a description of open tax years by major jurisdictions; and a roll-forward of all unrecognized tax benefits, presented as a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the unrecognized tax benefits on a worldwide aggregated basis. The Interpretation is effective as of the beginning of fiscal years that start after December 15, 2006. We are currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of FIN 48 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

In June 2006, EITF No. 06-3, How Sales Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross Versus Net Presentation) was issued, which states that a company must disclose its accounting policy (i.e., gross or net presentations) regarding presentations of taxes within the scope of EITF No. 06-03. If taxes included in gross revenue are significant, a company must disclose the amount of these taxes for each period for which an income statement is presented. The disclosures are required for annual and interim financial statements for each period for which an income statement is presented. EITF No. 06-03 will be effective for us beginning April 1, 2007. Based on our current evaluation of EITF No. 06-03, we do not expect its adoption to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

BUSINESS

Overview

We work closely with system designers at leading original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, customers including Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco Systems, Huawei Technologies and Nortel Networks, to better anticipate their needs and gain insight into future technology requirements. We believe that our success with customers is due to our offering the broadest available catalog of high-performance SRAMs to meet their highly specialized needs, combined with superior customer service over the lifetime of our products. We utilize a fabless business model, which allows us both to focus our resources on research and development, product design and marketing, and to gain access to advanced process technologies with only modest capital investment and fixed costs.

Industry Background

SRAM Market Overview

Virtually all types of high-performance electronic systems incorporate SRAMs. An SRAM is a memory device that retains data as long as power is supplied, without requiring any further user intervention. SRAMs offer the fastest access to stored data of any type of memory device.

There are a broad variety of SRAMs, characterized by a number of attributes, such as speed, memory capacity, or density, and power consumption. There are several different industry measures of speed:

•: latency, also referred to as random access time, which is the delay between the request for data and the delivery of such data for use and is measured in nanoseconds, or ns;
•: bandwidth, which is the rate at which data can be streamed to or from a device and is measured in gigabits per second;
•: clock frequency, which is the cycle rate of a clock within a synchronous device and is measured in megahertz, or MHz; and
•: clock access time, which is the delay between the beginning of the clock cycle and the delivery of data as measured in nanoseconds.

Historically, SRAMs have been utilized wherever other memory technologies have been inadequate. SRAMs demonstrate lower latency, resulting in faster random access times, relative to dynamic random access memory, or DRAM, and other types of memory technologies. However, over the past few decades, less expensive alternatives have been introduced to address certain applications formerly using lower performance SRAMs. For example, new types of DRAM are now in the process of displacing lower performance SRAM products in applications such as cell phones. As a result of the displacement of low performance SRAMs, the total market size for SRAMs is diminishing. However, due to their inherent higher latency characteristics, DRAMs cannot match the random access speed of high-performance SRAMs. Gartner Dataquest divides the SRAM market into segments based on speed. The highest performance segment is comprised of SRAMs that operate at speeds of less than 10 nanoseconds, which we refer to as "Very Fast SRAMs." Very Fast SRAMs are predominantly utilized in high-performance networking and telecommunications equipment. Gartner Dataquest

estimates that this segment of the SRAM market will grow from $1.06 billion in 2006 to $1.12 billion in 2010.

Increasing Need for Very Fast SRAMs

Growth in data, voice and video traffic has driven the need for greater networking bandwidth, resulting in the continued expansion of the networking and telecommunications infrastructure. The continued growth in the level of Internet usage has led to the proliferation of a wide variety of equipment throughout the networking and telecommunications infrastructure, including routers, switches, wireless local area network infrastructure equipment, wireless base stations and network access equipment and a demand for new equipment with faster and higher performance. High-performance networking and telecommunications equipment requires Very Fast SRAMs. For example, in a typical router or switch, multiple Very Fast SRAMs are required to temporarily store, or buffer, data traffic and to provide rapid lookup of information in data tables. As networking equipment must increasingly support advanced traffic content such as Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, and video streaming, demand for even higher performance Very Fast SRAMs is expected to continue to increase.

Demanding Requirements for Success in the Very Fast SRAM Market

The pressure on networking and telecommunications OEMs to bring higher performance equipment to market rapidly to support not only more traffic but also more advanced traffic content is compounded by the requirement that this new equipment occupy no more space than the equipment it replaces, which results in increased board density and the need for low power operations. In response to these pressures, OEMs have increasingly relied on providers that are capable of rapidly developing and introducing advanced, higher density, low power Very Fast SRAMs. The variety of applications for Very Fast SRAMs within the networking and telecommunications markets has also driven a need for more specialized products available in relatively low volumes. These specialized products include high-speed synchronous SRAMs, with different density, latency and bandwidth capabilities. In general, OEMs prefer to work with a supplier who can address the full range of their high-performance Very Fast SRAM product requirements and, just as importantly, can offer the technical and logistic support necessary to sustain and accelerate their efforts.

We believe the key success factors for a Very Fast SRAM vendor are the ability to offer a broad catalog of high-performance, high-quality and high-reliability Very Fast SRAM products, to continuously introduce new products with higher speeds, lower power and greater densities, to maintain timely availability of prior generations of products for several years after their introductions, and to provide effective logistic and technical support throughout OEM customers' product development and manufacturing life cycles.

The GSI Solution

We endeavor to address the overall needs of our OEM customers for Very Fast SRAMs, not only satisfying their immediate requirements for our latest generation, highest performance ICs but also providing them with the ongoing long-term support necessary during the entire lives of the systems in which our products are utilized. Accordingly, the key elements of our solution include:

Innovative Product Performance Leadership

High Speed. Through the use of advanced architectures, design methodologies and silicon process technologies, we have developed a wide variety of high-performance Very Fast SRAMs. The vast majority of our products have random access times of 9 nanoseconds or less, while our newest products have random access times of less than 5 nanoseconds and clock access times as fast as 0.45 nanoseconds with bandwidth as high as 48 gigabits per second. By providing higher performance

Very Fast SRAMs, we enable our networking and telecommunications OEMs to continually design and develop higher performance products that support increasingly complex traffic content.

Low Power Consumption. Many of our Very Fast SRAMs require significantly less power than comparable products offered by our principal competitors. Because these products utilize less power and generate less heat, the reliability of the networking or telecommunications equipment in which they are employed increases. Furthermore, the low power utilization of our Very Fast SRAMs helps enable OEMs to add capabilities to their systems, which otherwise might not have been possible due to overall system power constraints.

Process Technology Leadership. We maintain our own process engineering capability and resources, which are located in close physical proximity to our manufacturer, TSMC. This enhances our ability to work closely with TSMC to develop certain modifications of the advanced process technologies used in the manufacturing of our Very Fast SRAMs in order to maximize product performance, optimize yields, lower manufacturing costs and improve quality. Our most advanced 36 and 72 megabit, or Mb, synchronous Very Fast SRAMs are manufactured using 90 nanometer process technology. We are currently developing new synchronous Very Fast SRAMs using 65 nanometer process technology, which will allow us to further increase product performance, lower power consumption and reduce costs.

Product Innovation. We believe we have established a position as a technology leader in the design and development of Very Fast SRAMs. For example, we were the first supplier to introduce 72-bit-wide SRAMs as single monolithic ICs. In addition, we are the only vendor to offer a full line of Very Fast Synchronous SRAMs that operate and interface at 1.8 to 3.3 volts, giving our OEM customers the ability to use the same product in systems of theirs that operate at any voltage within that range. Moreover, for certain Very Fast Synchronous SRAMs, we are the only vendor to offer a product that operates at 1.8 volts, which uses approximately one half to two-thirds the power of our competitors' 2.5 volt products.

Broad and Readily Available Product Portfolio

Extensive Product Catalog. The Very Fast SRAM market is highly fragmented in terms of product features and specifications. To meet our OEM customers' diverse needs, we have what we believe is the broadest catalog of Very Fast SRAM products currently available. Our product line includes a wide range of Very Fast SRAMs with varying densities, features, clock speeds, and voltages, as well as several operating temperature ranges and numerous package options in both 5/6 (leaded) and 6/6 (lead-free) versions, which are compliant with the European Union's Restriction on the Use of Hazardous Substances Directive 2002/95/EC.

Advanced Feature Sets. Our products offer features that address a broad range of our networking and telecommunications OEMs' system requirements. Among these features is a JTAG test port, named for the IEEE Joint Test Action Group, which enables post-assembly verification of the connection between our Very Fast SRAMs and an OEM customer's system board, thereby allowing an OEM customer of ours to develop, test and ship their products more rapidly. Additionally, we offer our FLXDrive feature, which allows system designers to optimize the signal integrity for any given requirement. We also provide OEMs the ability to employ certain of our Very Fast SRAMs in various modes of operation by using our products' mode control pins, thus increasing the flexibility of those products and their ready availability from our inventory.

Superior Lifetime Availability of Products. Unlike the market for consumer electronics, the markets in which we compete, particularly the networking and telecommunications market, generally keep their system designs in production for extended periods of time and maintenance of those systems in the field for even longer periods is critical to their success. Our foundry-based manufacturing strategy, our process technology selections, our master-die design strategy and the design of our packaging, burn-in

and test work-flows all contribute to allow us to meet and exceed our guarantee of providing a product life of at least seven years for any new product family we bring to market. These techniques also allow us to keep our delivery lead-times relatively short even for specialized, infrequently ordered members of those product families. We believe our approach is better suited to address the needs of our target markets than attempts to apply mass market manufacturing strategies to Very Fast SRAM products.

Multiple Temperature Grades. We offer both commercial and industrial temperature grades for all of our Very Fast SRAMs. This ability to perform at specification throughout the industrial temperature range of -40°C to +85°C is critical for Very Fast SRAMs used in a broad variety of networking and telecommunications applications, where the operating environments may be harsh. We can also offer military and extended temperature grades upon request for most of our Very Fast SRAMs.

Master Die Methodology

Our master die methodology enables multiple product families, and variations thereof, to be manufactured from a single mask set. As a result, based upon the way available die from a wafer are metalized, wire bonded, packaged and tested, from 19 mask sets we have created over 8,500 different products. Using these mask sets, we produce wafers that can be further processed upon customer orders into the final specified product thereby significantly shortening the overall manufacturing time. For example, from a 72 megabit mask set, we can produce three families of 72 megabit SRAM products. Our unique methodology results in the following benefits:

Rapid Order Fulfillment. We maintain a common pool of wafers that incorporate all available master die. Because we can typically create several different products from a single master die, we can respond to unforecasted customer orders more quickly than our competitors.

Reduced Cost. Our master die methodology allows us to reduce our costs through the purchase of fewer mask sets by allowing faster and less expensive internal product qualifications, by enabling more cost-efficient use of engineering resources and by reducing the incidence of obsolete inventory.

Customer Responsiveness

Customer-driven Solutions. We work closely with leading networking and telecommunications OEMs, as well as their chip-set suppliers, to better anticipate their requirements and to rapidly develop and implement solutions that allow them to meet their specific product performance objectives. Customer demand drives our business. For example, to address near term needs, we offer critical specification variations, such as special operating ranges or wire bond options on currently available products, while we also design new families of products to meet their emerging long term needs. As a consequence, our portfolio not only includes the widest select of catalog parts available, it also includes an extensive list of custom, customer-specific products. This degree of responsiveness enables us to provide our OEM customers with the Very Fast SRAMs required for their applications.

Accelerated Time-to-market. Our extensive open libraries of design support tools as well as our ability to deliver the specific device required for system prototyping with very short notice enables networking and telecommunication OEMs to design and introduce differentiated products quickly as well as to reduce their development costs. Our open libraries give designers access 24 hours a day, seven days a week to electrical and behavioral simulation models. Behavioral models are offered in both Verilog and VHDL format to better fit different customers' simulation environments, further streamlining the customers' development process.

Quality and Reliability. Networking and telecommunications equipment typically have long product lives, and the cost to repair or replace this equipment due to product failure at any time is prohibitively expensive. The high-quality and reliability of Very Fast SRAMs incorporated in our OEM customers' products is, thus, critical. Every product family we offer is subjected to extensive long term reliability

testing before receiving qualification certification, and every Very Fast SRAM shipped is first subjected to burn-in and then to final tests in which the SRAM is operated beyond its specified operating voltage and temperature ranges.

The GSI Strategy

Our objective is to profitably increase our market share in the Very Fast SRAM market. Our strategy includes the following key elements:

Continue to Focus on the Networking and Telecommunications Markets. We intend to continue to focus on designing and developing low latency, high bandwidth and feature-rich memory products targeted primarily at the networking and telecommunications markets. Increasing network complexity due to higher traffic volume and more advanced traffic content continues to drive OEMs' demand for high-performance Very Fast SRAMs. We believe our active high-performance SRAM development and manufacturing expertise will continue to allow us to provide networking and telecommunications OEMs with the early access to next generation Very Fast SRAMs that offer superior performance, advanced feature sets and continued high reliability, which they need to allow them to design and develop new products that support increasingly complex traffic content and to bring networking and telecommunications equipment to market quickly.

Strengthen and Expand Customer Relationships. We are focused on maintaining close relationships with industry leaders to facilitate rapid adoption of our products and to enhance our position as a leading provider of high-performance Very Fast SRAM. We work with both our customers and with their non-memory integrated circuit, or IC, suppliers that require high-performance memory support. We will continue to work with both groups at the pre-design and design stage of their projects in order to anticipate their future high-performance memory needs and to identify and respond to their immediate requests for currently available products and variants on currently available products. We plan to enhance our relationships with those leading OEMs and IC vendors and to develop similar relationships with additional OEMs and IC vendors.

Continue to Invest in Research and Development to Extend Our Technology Leadership. We believe we have established a position as a technology leader in the design and development of Very Fast SRAMs. Our Very Fast SRAM products most often provide the highest speed available at a given density for a given device configuration. We intend to maintain and advance our technology leadership through continual enhancement of our existing Very Fast SRAM products, particularly our SigmaQuad family of low latency, high-bandwidth synchronous SRAMs while we continue to broaden our product line with the introduction of other new Very Fast SRAMs.

Collaborate with Wafer Foundries to Leverage Leading-edge Process Technologies. We will continue to rely upon advanced complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS, technologies, the most commonly used process technologies for manufacturing semiconductor devices, from TSMC, to manufacture our products and will continue to provide TSMC with the sort of in-depth feedback for yield and performance improvement that can best come from very large array structures like those found on our products. Our most advanced products currently in production were designed using 90 nanometer process technology on 300 millimeter wafers. We intend to continue to collaborate closely with TSMC in the refinement of 65 nanometer process technology.

Exploit New Market Opportunities. While we design our Very Fast SRAMs specifically for the networking and communications sections, our products are applicable across a wide range of industries and applications. We have recently experienced significant growth in both the defense and medical markets and intend to continue penetrating these and other new markets with similar needs for high-performance memory technologies.

Products

We design, develop and market a broad range of high-performance Very Fast SRAMs primarily for the networking and telecommunications markets. We specialize in Very Fast SRAMs featuring high density, low latency, high bandwidth, fast clock access times and low power consumption. We currently offer more than 30 basic product configurations of our SRAMs based on their basic product type and their storage densities. We continue to offer products for longer periods of time than our competitors, typically seven years or more following their initial introduction. Accordingly, we continue to offer products in a variety of package types that have been discontinued by other suppliers. Our current product configurations are as follows:

Synchronous Burst

Product Type and Storage Density	Clock Frequency	Clock Access Time	Operating Voltage
72Mb	300-133 MHz	2.3-4.0 ns	3.3/2.5/1.8 V
36Mb	250-133 MHz	2.5-4.0 ns	3.3/2.5/1.8 V
18Mb	250-150 MHz	2.5-4.0 ns	3.3/2.5/1.8 V
9Mb	333-150 MHz	2.0-3.8 ns	3.3/2.5/1.8 V
4Mb	190-100 MHz	3.0-4.5 ns	3.3 V
2Mb	180-66 MHz	3.2-6.0 ns	3.3 V

Synchronous No Bus Turnaround

Product Type and Storage Density	Clock Frequency	Clock Access Time	Operating Voltage
72Mb	300-133 MHz	2.3-4.0 ns	3.3/2.5/1.8 V
36Mb	250-133 MHz	2.5-4.0 ns	3.3/2.5/1.8 V
18Mb	250-150 MHz	2.5-4.0 ns	3.3/2.5/1.8 V
9Mb	333-150 MHz	2.5-3.8 ns	3.3/2.5/1.8 V
4Mb	180-100 MHz	3.2-4.5 ns	3.3 V

Register-to-register Late Write

Product Type and Storage Density		Clock Frequency		Clock Access Time		Operating Voltage
18Mb		357-200 MHz		1.4-2.0 ns		2.5/1.8 V

SigmaRAM

Product Type and Storage Density	Clock Frequency	Clock Access Time	Operating Voltage
Late Write 18Mb	350-250 MHz	1.7-2.1 ns	1.8 V
Double Late Write 18Mb	350-250 MHz	1.7-2.1 ns	1.8 V
Double Data Rate 18Mb	333-200 MHz	1.8-2.1 ns	1.8 V

SigmaQuad-I

Product Type and Storage Density		Clock Frequency		Clock Access Time		Operating Voltage
18Mb		250-100 MHz		2.3-3.0 ns		2.5/1.8 V

SigmaQuad-II

Product Type and Storage Density	Clock Frequency	Clock Access Time	Operating Voltage
72Mb	333-167 MHz	0.45-0.5 ns	1.8 V
36Mb	333-167 MHz	0.45-0.5 ns	1.8 V
18Mb	200-133 MHz	0.45-0.5 ns	2.5/1.8 V

SigmaCIO DDR-II

Product Type and Storage Density		Clock Frequency		Clock Access Time		Operating Voltage
72Mb		333-167 MHz		0.45-0.5 ns		1.8 V
36Mb		333-167 MHz		0.45-0.5 ns		1.8 V

SigmaSIO DDR-II

Product Type and Storage Density	Clock Frequency	Clock Access Time	Operating Voltage
72Mb	333-167 MHz	0.45-0.5 ns	1.8 V
36Mb	333-167 MHz	0.45-0.5 ns	1.8 V
18Mb	200-167 MHz	0.45-0.5 ns	1.8 V

High-speed Asynchronous

Product Type and Storage Density	Address Access Time	Operating Voltage
8Mb	8-12 ns	3.3 V
6Mb	8-12 ns	3.3 V
4Mb	8-12 ns	3.3 V
3Mb	8-12 ns	3.3 V
2Mb	7-12 ns	3.3 V
1.5Mb	8-15 ns	3.3 V
1Mb	7-12 ns	3.3 V

The foregoing product configurations are the basis for over 8,500 individual products that incorporate a variety of performance specifications and optional features. Our products can be found in a wide range of networking and telecommunications equipment, including multi-service access routers, universal gateways, enterprise edge routers, service provider edge routers, optical edge routers, fast Ethernet switches, gigabit Ethernet switches, wireless base stations, ADSL modems, wireless local area networks, Internet Protocol phones and OC192 layer 2 switches. We also sell our products to OEMs that manufacture products for defense applications such as radar and guidance systems, for professional audio applications such as sound mixing systems, for test and measurement applications such as high-speed testers, for automotive applications such as smart cruise control and voice recognition systems, and for medical applications such as ultrasound and CAT scan equipment.

Synchronous SRAM Products

Synchronous SRAMs are controlled by timing signals, referred to as clocks, which make them easier to use than older style asynchronous SRAMs with similar latency characteristics in applications requiring high bandwidth data transfers. Synchronous SRAMs that employ double data rate interface protocols can transfer data at much higher bandwidth than both single data rate and asynchronous SRAMs. Our single data rate synchronous SRAMs feature clock access times as short as 2 nanoseconds and our double data rate synchronous SRAMs have clock access times as fast as 0.45 nanoseconds. Today, we supply synchronous SRAMs that can cycle at operating frequencies as high as 357 MHz.

Burst and NBT SRAMs. We currently offer BurstRAMs and No Bus Turnaround, or NBT, SRAMs that implement a single data rate bus protocol. BurstRAMs were originally developed for microprocessor cache applications and have become the most widely used synchronous SRAM on the market. They are used in applications where large amounts of data are read or written in single sessions, or bursts. NBT SRAMs are a variation on the BurstRAM theme that were developed to address the needs of moderate performance networking applications. NBT SRAMs feature a single data rate bus protocol designed to minimize or eliminate wasted data transfer time slots on the bus when BurstRAMs switch from read to write operations. Both families of products can perform burst data transfers or single cycle transfers at the discretion of the user.

Our BurstRAMs and NBT SRAMs are offered in both pipeline and flow-through modes. Flow-through SRAMs allow the shortest latency. Pipelined SRAMs break the access into discrete clock-controlled steps, allowing new access commands to be accepted while an access is already in progress. Therefore, while flow-through SRAMs offer lower latency, pipelined SRAMs offer greater data bandwidth. Our BurstRAM and NBT SRAM products incorporate a number of features that reduce our OEM customers' cost of ownership and increase their design flexibility, including a JTAG test port and our FLXDrive feature, which allows system designers to optimize signal integrity for a given application.

We currently offer BurstRAMs and NBT SRAMs with storage densities of up to 72 megabits with clock frequency of up to 333 MHz and clock access times as fast as 2 nanoseconds that operate at 3.3, 2.5 or 1.8 volts.

SigmaQuad Products. High-performance quad data rate synchronous SRAMs have become the de facto standard for the networking and telecommunications industry. We offer a full line of quad data rate SRAMs, our SigmaQuad family. Quad data rate SRAMs are separate input/output, or I/O, synchronous SRAMs that features two independent double data rate data ports (two data ports times double data rate transfers equals quad data rate) controlled via a single address and control port. We offer our SigmaQuad devices in two different bus protocol versions, two different power supply and interface voltage versions, with two different data burst length options, all under the name SigmaQuad or SigmaQuad-II. In addition, the family also includes derivative products including a family of common I/O (a single bi-directional data port) double data rate SRAMs known as SigmaCIO DDR-II SRAMs and a smaller family of double data rate separate I/O SRAMs designed to address some segments of the market currently served by dual-port SRAMs, known as SigmaSIO DDR-II SRAMs.

We currently offer SigmaQuad products in three storage densities, 18 megabits, 36 megabits and 72 megabits, with clock frequency rates up to 333 MHz and clock access times as fast as 0.45 nanoseconds, that operate at voltages of 2.5 and 1.8 volts.

SigmaRAM Products. We offer a family of high-performance, low voltage, HSTL, or high speed transceiver logic, I/O synchronous SRAM products based on the SigmaRAM architecture, which are designed for use on large format printed circuit boards common in many networking and telecommunication products. These SRAMs utilize a unique architecture that provides the capability to incorporate the full range of popular SRAM functionality, including late write and double late write

protocols, pipelined read cycles, burst data transfers, and double data rate read and write data transfers in common I/O format.

We currently offer SigmaRAM products with storage density of 18 megabits, speeds of up to 350 MHz and clock access times as fast as 1.7 nanoseconds that operate at 1.8 volts.

Asynchronous SRAM Products

Unlike synchronous SRAMs, asynchronous SRAMs employ a clock-free control interface. They are widely used in support of high-end digital signal processors, or DSPs. We believe we have one of the broadest portfolios of 3.3 volt, high-speed asynchronous SRAMs. These products are designed to meet the stringent power and performance requirements of networking and telecommunications applications, such as VoIP, cellular base stations, DSL line cards and modems.

We currently offer asynchronous SRAM products with a variety of storage densities between 1 megabits and 8 megabits and random access times ranging from 7 nanoseconds to 15 nanoseconds. All of our asynchronous SRAMs operate at 3.3 volts.

We intend to regularly introduce new products with high-performance advanced features of increasing complexity. These product solutions will require us to achieve volume production in a rapid timeframe. We believe that by using the advanced technologies offered by our fabrication partner and its expertise in high-volume manufacturing, we can rapidly achieve volume production. However, lead times for materials and components we order vary significantly and depend on such factors as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand for a component at a given time.

Customers

Our primary sales and marketing strategy is to achieve design wins with OEM customers who are leading networking and telecommunications companies. The following is a representative list of our OEM customers that have directly or indirectly purchased more than $400,000 of our products in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006:

3Com	Agilent Technologies	Huawei Technologies
ADC Telecommunications	Alcatel-Lucent	Nortel Networks
Agere Systems	Cisco Systems	Tekelec

Many of our OEM customers use contract manufacturers to assemble their equipment. Accordingly, a significant percentage of our net revenues is derived from sales to these contract manufacturers and to consignment warehouses who purchase products from us for use by contract manufacturers. In addition, we sell our products to networking and telecommunications OEM customers indirectly through domestic and international distributors.

In the case of sales of our products to distributors and consignment warehouses, the decision to purchase our products is typically made by the OEM customers. In the case of contract manufacturers, OEM customers typically provide a list of approved products to the contract manufacturer, which then has discretion whether or not to purchase our products from that list.

Direct sales to contract manufacturers and consignment warehouses accounted for 38.8%, 38.8%, 35.0% and 36.4% of our net revenues for fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006, and for the nine months ended December 31, 2006, respectively. Sales to foreign and domestic distributors accounted for 46.8%, 49.7%, 55.7% and 56.5% of our net revenues for fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006, and for the nine months ended December 31, 2006, respectively.

The following direct customers accounted for 10% or more of our net revenues in one or more of the following periods:

		Fiscal Year Ended March 31,						Nine Months Ended December 31,
		2004		2005		2006		2005		2006
Consignment warehouses:
	SMART Modular Technologies	27.1	%	31.8	%	27.3	%	27.4	%	31.3	%
Distributors:
	Avnet Logistics	32.0		32.5		30.4		32.7		24.2
	Nu Horizons	3.0		6.1		10.3		9.4		8.4

Cisco Systems, our largest OEM customer, purchases our products primarily through its consignment warehouse, SMART Modular Technologies, and also purchases some products through its contract manufacturers and directly from us. Based on information provided to us by Cisco Systems' consignment warehouse, and contract manufacturers, purchases by Cisco Systems represented approximately 31%, 34%, 28% and 32% of our net revenues in fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, respectively.

Sales, Marketing and Technical Support

We sell our products primarily through our worldwide network of independent sales representatives and distributors. As of December 31, 2006, we employed 16 sales and marketing personnel, and are supported by over 200 independent sales representatives. We have recently entered into an arrangement with Arrow Electronics, a leading distributor, to distribute our products in the U.S. market. We believe that this new relationship, along with our two other U.S. distributors, Avnet and Nu Horizons, puts us in a strong position to address the Very Fast SRAM market in the U.S. In addition, to expand our international business, we have recently entered into new arrangements with sales representatives and distributors in Japan and Europe that we believe will enable us to increase our market share in these important markets. We currently have regional sales offices located in Canada, China, Italy and the United States. We believe this international coverage allows us to better serve our distributors and OEM customers by providing them with coordinated support. We believe that our customers' purchasing decisions are based primarily on product performance, availability, features, quality, reliability, price, manufacturing flexibility and service. Many of our OEM customers have had long-term relationships with us based on our success in meeting these criteria.

Our sales are generally made pursuant to purchase orders received between one and six months prior to the scheduled delivery date. Because industry practice allows customers to reschedule or cancel orders on relatively short notice, these orders are not firm and hence we believe that backlog is not a good indicator of our future sales. We typically provide a warranty of up to 36 months on our products. Liability for a stated warranty period is usually limited to replacement of defective products.

Our marketing efforts are focused on increasing brand name awareness and providing solutions that address our customers' needs. Key components of our marketing efforts include maintaining an active role in industry standards committees, such as the JEDEC Solid State Technology Association (formerly the Joint Electron Device Engineering Council), or JEDEC, which is responsible for establishing detailed specifications, which can be utilized in future system designs. We believe that our participation in and sponsorship of numerous proposals within these committees have increased our profile among leading manufacturers in the networking and telecommunications segment of the Very Fast SRAM market. Our marketing group also provides technical, strategic and tactical sales support to our direct sales personnel, sales representatives and distributors. This support includes in-depth product presentations, datasheets, application notes, simulation models, sales tools, marketing communications, marketing research, trademark administration and other support functions.

We emphasize customer service and technical support in an effort to provide our OEM customers with the knowledge and resources necessary to successfully use our products in their designs. Our customer service organization includes a technical team of applications engineers, technical marketing personnel and, when required, product design engineers. We provide customer support throughout the qualification and sales process and continue providing follow-up service after the sale of our products and on an ongoing basis. In addition, we provide our OEM customers with comprehensive datasheets, application notes and reference designs.

Manufacturing

We outsource our wafer fabrication, assembly and a majority of our testing, which enables us to focus on our design strengths, minimize fixed costs and capital expenditures and gain access to advanced manufacturing technologies. Our engineers work closely with our outsource partners to increase yields, reduce manufacturing costs, and help assure the quality of our products.

Currently, all of our wafers are manufactured by TSMC under individually negotiated purchase orders. We do not currently have a long-term supply contract with TSMC, and therefore, TSMC is not obligated to manufacture products for us for any specified period, in any specified quantity or at any specified price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. Our future success depends in part on our ability to secure sufficient capacity at TSMC or other independent foundries to supply us with the wafers we require.

Most of our products are implemented using 0.13 micron and 90 nanometer process technologies on 300 millimeter wafers using process technology developed by TSMC. We currently have five separate product families in production using the 0.13 micron process. Our 72 megabit SigmaQuad and 72 megabit synchronous BurstRAM and NBT SRAM products are currently manufactured using 90 nanometer process technology. We expect to introduce our 36 megabit SigmaQuad using 90 nanometer process technology in the first calendar quarter of 2007. We are also developing new synchronous SRAMs using 65 nanometer process technology.

Our master die methodology enables multiple product families, and variations thereof, to be manufactured from a single mask set. As a result, based upon the way available die from a wafer are metalized, wire bonded, packaged and tested, we can create a number of different products. The manufacturing process consists of two phases, the first of which takes approximately eight to twelve weeks and results in wafers that have the potential to yield multiple products within a given product family. After the completion of this phase, the wafers are stored pending customer orders. Once we receive orders for a particular product, we perform the second phase, consisting of final wafer processing, assembly, burn-in and test, which takes approximately six to ten weeks to complete. This two-step manufacturing process enables us to significantly shorten our product lead times, providing flexibility for customization and to increase the availability of our products.

All of our manufactured wafers are tested for electrical compliance and most are packaged at Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, or ASE, which is located in Taiwan. Our test procedures require that all of our products be subjected to accelerated burn-in and extensive functional electrical testing, most of which occur at Sigurd Microelectronics Co. and King Yuan Electronics Company. We perform testing for most of our low volume products in-house at our Santa Clara, California and our Taiwan facilities.

Research and Development

The design process for our products is complex. As a result, we have made substantial investments in computer-aided design and engineering resources to manage our design process. Research and development expenses were $3.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006, $5.4 million in fiscal 2006, $4.8 million in fiscal 2005 and $5.5 million in fiscal 2004. Our research and development

staff includes engineering professionals with extensive experience in the areas of SRAM design and systems level networking and telecommunications equipment design. Our current development focus is on the SigmaQuad SRAM family.

We are also leveraging our advanced design capabilities to expand into other networking and telecommunications products, including a channelized OC-3 processor that incorporates 20 megabits of SRAM. When completed, we believe this will be the first low-power, single IC device solution capable of simultaneously processing multiple types of traffic with OC-3 bandwidth. We have established a design center in Norcross, Georgia, to focus on the development of these products.

Competition

Our existing competitors include many large domestic and international companies, some of which have substantially greater resources, offer other sorts of memory and/or non-memory technologies and may have longer standing relationships with OEM customers than we do. Unlike us, some of our principal competitors maintain their own semiconductor fabs, which may, at times, provide them with capacity, cost and technical advantages.

Our principal competitors include Cypress Semiconductor, Integrated Device Technology, Integrated Silicon Solution, NEC, Renesas and Samsung Electronics. While some of our competitors offer a broad array of memory products and offer some of their products at lower prices than we do, we believe that our focus on and performance leadership in low latency, high density Very Fast SRAMs provide us with key competitive advantages.

We believe that our ability to compete successfully in the rapidly evolving markets for Very Fast SRAM products depends on a number of factors, including:

•: product performance, features, quality, reliability and price;
•: manufacturing flexibility, product availability and customer service throughout the lifetime of the product;
•: the timing and success of new product introductions by us, our customers and our competitors; and
•: our ability to anticipate and conform to new industry standards.

We believe we compete favorably with our competitors based on these factors. However, we may not be able to compete successfully in the future with respect to any of these factors. Our failure to compete successfully in these or other areas could harm our business.

The market for Very Fast SRAM products is competitive and is characterized by technological change, declining average selling prices and product obsolescence. Competition could increase in the future from existing competitors and from other companies that may enter our existing or future markets with solutions that may be less costly or provide higher performance or more desirable features than our products. This increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced profit margins and loss of market share.

In addition, we are vulnerable to advances in technology by competitors, including new SRAM architectures as well as new forms of DRAM and other new memory technologies. Because we have limited experience developing IC products other than Very Fast SRAMs, any efforts by us to introduce new products based on a new memory technology may not be successful and our business may suffer.

Intellectual Property

Our ability to compete successfully depends, in part, upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology and information. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret

laws, non-disclosure and other contractual arrangements and technical measures to protect our intellectual property. We currently hold three United States patents, expiring between November 2022 and April 2023, and have ten patent applications pending. We do not consider our existing patents to be materially important to our business, and we cannot assure you that any patents will issue as a result of our pending applications or that any patents issued will be valuable to our business. We believe that factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel and the success of our ongoing product development efforts are more important than our patent portfolio in maintaining our competitive position. We generally enter into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, distributors, customers and potential customers and limit access to our proprietary information. Our intellectual property rights, if challenged, may not be upheld as valid, may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology or may not prevent the development of competitive products. Additionally, we may not be able to obtain patents or other intellectual property protection in the future. Furthermore, the laws of certain foreign countries in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold, including various countries in Asia, may not protect our products or intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States and thus make the possibility of piracy of our technology and products more likely in these countries.

The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which have resulted in significant and often protracted and expensive litigation. We or our foundry from time to time are notified of claims that we may be infringing patents or other intellectual property rights owned by third parties. We have been subject to intellectual property claims in the past and we may be subject to additional claims and litigation in the future. Litigation by or against us relating to allegations of patent infringement or other intellectual property matters could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not such litigation results in a determination favorable to us. In the event of an adverse result in any such litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages, cease the manufacture, use and sale of infringing products, expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology, discontinue the use of certain processes or obtain licenses to the infringing technology. Licenses may not be offered or the terms of any offered licenses may not be acceptable to us. If we fail to obtain a license from a third party for technology used by us, we could incur substantial liabilities and be required to suspend the manufacture of products or the use by our foundry of certain processes.

Pending Litigation

On October 23, 2006, we were served with a civil antitrust complaint filed by Reclaim Center, Inc. and other plaintiffs in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company and a number of other semiconductor companies. The complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class of indirect purchasers of SRAM products throughout the United States. The complaint alleges that the defendants conspired to raise the price of SRAM in violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act, the California Cartwright Act, and several other state antitrust, unfair competition and consumer protection statutes. Shortly thereafter, a number of similar complaints were filed by other plaintiffs in various jurisdictions on behalf of purported classes of both direct and indirect purchasers. We have been served in some but not all of these subsequent actions. Many of these cases have been transferred by the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to the Northern District of California. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations in the complaints, and we intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously. However, the litigation is in the preliminary stage and we cannot predict its outcome. The litigation process is inherently uncertain. Multidistrict antitrust litigation is particularly complex and can extend for a protracted time, which can substantially increase the cost of such litigation. The defense of these lawsuits is also expected to divert the efforts and attention of some of our key management and technical personnel. As a result, our defense of this litigation, regardless of its eventual outcome, will likely be costly and time consuming. Should the outcome of the litigation be

adverse to us, we could be required to pay significant monetary damages, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

Employees

As of December 31, 2006, we had 100 full-time employees, of which 42 are engineers, of which 21 are in research and development and 23 have PhD or MS degrees, 16 employees in sales and marketing, eight employees are in general and administrative capacities and 52 employees are in manufacturing. Of these employees, 36 are based in our Santa Clara facility and 42 are based in our Taiwan facility. We believe that our future success will depend in large part on our ability to attract and retain highly-skilled, engineering, managerial, sales and marketing personnel. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining unit, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that our employee relations are good.

Facilities

Our executive offices, our principal administration, marketing and sales operations and a portion of our research and development operations are located in approximately 20,300 square feet of space in Santa Clara, California, which we occupy under a lease expiring in May 2010. We believe that our Santa Clara facility is adequate for our needs for the foreseeable future. In addition, we lease approximately 15,250 square feet in Taiwan to support our manufacturing activities. We also lease space in Georgia and Texas. The aggregate annual gross rent for our facilities was approximately $537,000 in fiscal 2006.

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of December 31, 2006:

Name	Age	Title
Lee-Lean Shu	51	President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
David Chapman	51	Vice President, Marketing
Didier Lasserre	42	Vice President, Sales
Suengliang (Leon) Lee	53	Vice President, Telecommunications Division
Douglas Schirle	51	Chief Financial Officer
Bor-Tay Wu	54	Vice President, Taiwan Operations
Ping Wu	49	Vice President, U.S. Operations
Robert Yau	53	Vice President, Engineering, Secretary and Director
Hsiang-Wen Chen(1)(2)(3)	59	Director
Ruey L. Lu(1)(2)(3)	51	Director
Jing Rong Tang	51	Director

(1): Member of the audit committee.
(2): Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(3): Member of the compensation committee.

Lee-Lean Shu co-founded our company in March 1995 and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our Board of Directors since inception. In October 2000, Mr. Shu became Chairman of our Board. From January 1995 to March 1995, Mr. Shu was Director, SRAM Design at Sony Microelectronics Corporation, a semiconductor company and a subsidiary of Sony Corporation, and from July 1990 to January 1995, he was a design manager at Sony Microelectronics Corporation.

David Chapman has served as our Vice President, Marketing since July 2002. From November 1998 to June 2002, Mr. Chapman served as our Director of Strategic Marketing and Applications Engineering. From February 1988 to November 1998, Mr. Chapman served in various product planning and applications engineering management capacities in the Memory Operation division and later the Fast SRAM division of Motorola Semiconductor Product Sector, Motorola, Inc., an electronics manufacturer. Mr. Chapman has been a member of JEDEC since 1985, and served as Chairman of its SRAM committee in 1999.

Didier Lasserre has served as our Vice President, Sales since July 2002. From November 1997 to July 2002, Mr. Lasserre served as our Director of Sales for the Western United States and Europe. From July 1996 to October 1997, Mr. Lasserre was an account manager at Solectron Corporation, a provider of electronics manufacturing services. From June 1988 to July 1996, Mr. Lasserre was a field sales engineer at Cypress Semiconductor, a semiconductor company.

Suengliang (Leon) Lee has served as our Vice President, Telecommunications Division since December 1999. From July 1996 to November 1999, Mr. Lee was Director of Engineering at Lucent Technologies, a telecommunications equipment company. From October 1993 to June 1996, Mr. Lee was an engineering manager at Nortel Networks, a telecommunications equipment manufacturer.

Douglas Schirle has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2000. From June 1999 to August 2000, Mr. Schirle served as our Corporate Controller. From March 1997 to June 1999, Mr. Schirle was the Corporate Controller at Pericom Semiconductor Corporation, a provider of digital

and mixed signal integrated circuits. From November 1996 to February 1997, Mr. Schirle was Vice President, Finance for Paradigm Technology, a manufacturer of SRAMs, and from December 1993 to October 1996, he was the Controller for Paradigm Technology. Mr. Schirle was formerly a certified public accountant.

Bor-Tay Wu has served as our Vice President, Taiwan Operations since January 1997. From January 1995 to December 1996, Mr. Wu was a design manager at Atalent, an IC design company in Taiwan.

Ping Wu has served as our Vice President, U.S. Operations since September 2006. He served in the same capacity from February 2004 to April 2006. From April 2006 to August 2006, Mr. Wu was Vice President of Operations at QPixel Technology, a semiconductor company. From July 1999 to January 2004, Mr. Wu served as our Director of Operations. From July 1997 to June 1999, Mr. Wu served as Vice President of Operations at Scan Vision, a semiconductor manufacturer.

Robert Yau co-founded our company in March 1995 and has served as our Vice President, Engineering and as a member of our Board of Directors since inception. From December 1993 to February 1995, Mr. Yau was design manager for specialty memory devices at Sony Microelectronics Corporation. From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Yau was design manager at MOSEL/VITELIC, a semiconductor company.

Hsiang-Wen Chen, Ph.D. has served as a member of our Board of Directors since January 1997. Dr. Chen has served as the Managing Director of Monet Capital, LLC, a venture capital firm, since January 2000. From January 1997 to October 1999, Dr. Chen served as our Vice President, Technology. From January 1987 to December 1996, Dr. Chen was the Director of Technology at Paradigm Technology. Dr. Chen also serves on the board of directors of several private companies.

Ruey L. Lu has served as a member of our Board of Directors since October 2000. Mr. Lu is the President of EMPIA Technology, a semiconductor solutions company, which he founded in January 2002. From March 1993 to December 2000, Mr. Lu served as President of ARK Logic, a storage device and software applications company, which he founded in March 1993. From October 1989 to February 1993, Mr. Lu served as Director of Engineering in the Imaging Product Division of Western Digital, an information storage company.

Jing Rong Tang has served as a member of our Board of Directors since May 1995. Since 1994, Mr. Tang has served as the Chief Executive Officer of HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd., a manufacturer and distributor of electronic components. Mr. Tang has been with HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. since June 1981.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors, officers or key employees.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our Board of Directors, which currently consists of five members. The primary responsibilities of our Board of Directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Each director will be subject to election at each annual meeting of stockholders.

In January 2007, our Board of Directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director had a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our Board of Directors determined that Messrs. Chen, Lu and Tang are "independent directors" as defined under the rules of Nasdaq.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors has established three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each member of each of the foregoing committees is independent as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market.

Audit Committee. The audit committee oversees, reviews and evaluates our financial statements, accounting and financial reporting processes, internal control functions and the audits of our financial statements. The audit committee is responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent auditors. The members of our audit committee are Hsiang-Wen Chen and Ruey L. Lu. Each member of our audit committee satisfies the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

The composition of our audit committee does not currently comply with the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations in that we have two rather than three members of such committee. We anticipate that within one year of the date of this offering, the time required by applicable Nasdaq listing requirements, we will be in compliance with such requirements. While each member of the audit committee is "financially sophisticated," as defined in the Nasdaq listing requirements, our Board of Directors has determined that there is currently no "audit committee financial expert," as defined in SEC rules, serving on the audit committee. We are conducting a search for a person who qualifies as an audit committee financial expert who is willing to serve as a director and as a member of our audit committee.

Compensation Committee. The compensation committee reviews and makes recommendations to our Board of Directors concerning the compensation and benefits of our executive officers and directors, administers our stock option and employee benefits plans, and reviews general policy relating to compensation and benefits. The members of our compensation committee are Hsiang-Wen Chen and Ruey L. Lu.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee identifies prospective board candidates, recommends nominees for election to our Board of Directors, develops and recommends board member selection criteria, considers committee member qualification, recommends corporate governance principles to the Board of Directors, and provides oversight in the evaluation of the Board of Directors and each committee. The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Hsiang-Wen Chen and Ruey L. Lu.

Director Compensation

Our directors do not currently receive cash compensation for their services as directors or members of committees of the Board of Directors. We plan to adopt a policy for the payment of cash compensation to our non-employee directors, to become effective upon the completion of this offering. In addition, upon completion of this offering, our non-employee directors will be granted an initial option for shares of our common stock on the day of his or her initial election or appointment to our Board of Directors, which option will become exercisable in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. On the day of each annual meeting of stockholders, each non-employee director who remains in office immediately following the meeting will be granted an option to purchase shares of common stock, which will become fully vested and exercisable on the day immediately preceding the date of the following annual meeting of stockholders, subject to the nonemployee director's continuous service on our Board of Directors. For additional information regarding director compensation, see "2007 Equity Incentive Plan—Nonemployee Director Awards."

Code of Conduct and Policy Regarding Reporting of Possible Violations

Our Board of Directors has adopted a code of conduct and policy regarding reporting of possible violations that establishes the standards of ethical conduct applicable to all directors, officers and employees of our company. The code addresses, among other things, conflicts of interest, compliance with disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, corporate opportunities and confidentiality requirements. The chief executive officer, along with the Company's managers, are responsible for the overall implementation of and successful compliance with our code of conduct and policy regarding reporting of possible violations in situations where questions are presented to it.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Ruey L. Lu and Jing Rong Tang served as members of our compensation committee in fiscal 2006. No member of our compensation committee and none of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or compensation committee.

Employment Agreements

We do not have employment agreements with any of our executive officers.

Employee Confidentiality Arrangements

We enter into agreements with all of our employees containing confidentiality provisions.

Executive Compensation

The following table provides the total compensation paid to our chief executive officer and our next four most highly-compensated executive officers for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. These executives are referred to as our named executive officers elsewhere in this prospectus.

Summary Compensation Table

	Annual Compensation							Long Term Compensation Awards
Name and Principal Position	Salary		Bonus		Other Annual Compensation			Securities Underlying Options (#)
Lee-Lean Shu President and Chief Executive Officer	$	197,072	$	—		—		—
David Chapman Vice President, Marketing		150,917		—		—		—
Didier Lasserre Vice President, Sales		184,965		—	$	5,400	(1)	—
Douglas Schirle Chief Financial Officer		145,098		—		—		—
Robert Yau Vice President, Engineering		157,657		—		—		—

(1): Mr. Lasserre received a car allowance of $5,400.

Stock Options Grants in Fiscal 2006

No grants of stock options were made to any of the named executive officers in fiscal year 2006.

Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal 2006 and Option Values at March 31, 2006

The following table sets forth the number of shares of common stock subject to exercisable and unexercisable options held as of March 31, 2006 by each of the named executive officers. There were no exercise of options by any of the officers named in the Summary Compensation Table during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.

Option Values at March 31, 2006

	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options at 3/31/06		Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at 3/31/06
Name and Principal Position			Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at 3/31/06
Name and Principal Position	Exercisable(#)	Unexercisable(#)	Exercisable($)	Unexercisable($)
Lee-Lean Shu Chief Executive Officer and President	247,500	61,875	$	$
David Chapman Vice President, Marketing	183,751	48,750
Didier Lasserre Vice President, Sales	63,751	48,750
Douglas Schirle Chief Financial Officer	146,250	41,250
Robert Yau Vice President, Engineering	123,752	30,938

The value of unexercised in-the-money options at March 31, 2006 is determined by multiplying the number of shares issued or issuable upon exercise of the option by the difference between an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share and the per share option exercise price.

Stock Plans

1997 Stock Plan

In January 1997, our Board of Directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 1997 Stock Plan, or the 1997 Plan. A total of 8,450,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under this plan. As of December 31, 2006, there were outstanding under the 1997 Plan options to purchase 1,425,327 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.56 per share. The 1997 Plan was terminated by the Board in October 2000, and no additional options may be granted under the 1997 Plan. However, options granted under the 1997 Plan prior to its termination will remain outstanding until they are either exercised or expire on their terms.

Under the 1997 Plan, our employees and consultants, and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours, were eligible to receive nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights. Employees were also eligible to receive "incentive stock options," within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. This plan is administered by our Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the 1997 Plan, the Board determined in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which options and stock purchase rights were granted, the sizes of such awards, and all of their terms and conditions. All option and restricted stock awards are evidenced by a written agreement between us and the optionee. The Board may amend or reprice any option. The Board has the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the 1997 Plan and awards granted under it.

The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted under the 1997 Plan must be at least 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. In the case of any options granted to a person who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or of any parent or subsidiary corporation, the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of such fair market value. The term of an option cannot exceed 10 years, or 5 years for incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders. An option generally remains exercisable for the period stated in the applicable option agreement (not less than 30 days) following the optionee's termination of service, except that if service terminates as a result of the optionee's death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months, but in any event not beyond the expiration of its term. Shares subject to options granted under the 1997 Plan generally vest, conditioned upon the participant's continued service, over a period of four years, although the Board may specify a different period for a particular grant.

Stock purchase rights generally are granted subject to a repurchase option in favor of us that lapses in accordance with a vesting schedule, which vesting is not less than 20% per year over five years. A stock purchase agreement will contain the particular terms of the award, which terms shall be determined by the Board.

In the event of a merger, the acquiring or successor corporation may assume or substitute substantially equivalent options and stock purchase rights for the outstanding options or rights granted under the 1997 Plan. If the acquiring or successor corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding options and stock purchase rights granted under the 1997 Plan, shares subject to the options and rights will terminate.

2000 Stock Option Plan

In October 2000, our Board of Directors adopted and our stockholders subsequently approved the 2000 Stock Option Plan, or the 2000 Plan. A total of 3,500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under this plan. As of December 31, 2006, there were outstanding under the 2000 Plan options to purchase 2,923,542 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.48 per share. As of December 31, 2006, a total of 559,897 shares of common stock remained available for future option grants under the 2000 Plan. The 2000 Plan will terminate and no further shares will be issued thereunder upon stockholder approval of the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan described below.

Under the 2000 Plan, our employees, directors and consultants, and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours, are eligible to receive nonstatutory stock options. Employees are also eligible to receive "incentive stock options," within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan is administered by our Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2000 Plan, the Board determines in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which options are granted, the types and sizes of such options, and all of their terms and conditions. All options are evidenced by a written agreement between us and the optionee. The Board may amend, modify, cancel, extend or renew any option, grant a new option in substitution for any option, waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any option, and accelerate, continue, extend or defer the vesting of any option. The Board has the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the 2000 Plan and options granted under it.

The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted under the 2000 Plan must be at least 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. In the case of any options granted to a person who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or of any parent or subsidiary corporation, the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of such fair market value. The term

of an option cannot exceed 10 years, or 5 years for incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders. Unless a longer period is provided by the Board, an option generally remains exercisable for three months following the optionee's termination of service, except that if service terminates as a result of the optionee's death or disability, the option generally remains exercisable for 12 months, but in any event not beyond the expiration of its term. Shares subject to options granted under the 2000 Plan generally vest, conditioned upon the participant's continued service, over a period of four years, with 25% vesting per year.

In the event of a change in control, the acquiring or successor corporation may assume or substitute substantially equivalent options for the outstanding options granted under the 2000 Plan. If the acquiring or successor corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding options granted under the 2000 Plan, shares subject to the options will accelerate and become vested and exercisable and vested ten days prior to the date of the change in control in such amounts as determined by the Board and set forth in the participant's stock option agreement. On completion of a change in control all outstanding options will terminate to the extent not exercised or assumed by the acquiring or successor corporation.

2007 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2007 equity incentive plan, or the Equity Plan, was approved by our Board of Directors in January 2007 and will be effective upon its approval by our stockholders, currently anticipated in February 2007.

A total of 3,000,000 shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan. This reserve will automatically increase on April 1, 2008 and each subsequent anniversary through 2017, by an amount equal to the smaller of (a) five percent (5%) of the number of shares of stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding March 31, or (b) a lesser amount determined by the Board. Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the Equity Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants' rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the Equity Plan. The shares available will not be reduced by awards settled in cash or by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations. Only the net number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares available under the Equity Plan.

Awards may be granted under the Equity Plan to our employees, including officers, directors, or consultants or those of any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity. While we may grant incentive stock options only to employees, we may grant nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock purchase rights or bonuses, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units and cash-based awards or other stock-based awards to any eligible participant. Non-employee director awards will be granted only to members of our Board of Directors who, at the time of grant, are not employees. Deferred compensation awards may be granted only to officers, directors and select members of management or highly compensated employees.

Only members of the Board of Directors who are not employees, a "nonemployee director," at the time of grant are eligible to participate in the nonemployee director awards component of the Equity Plan. The Board or the compensation committee shall set the amount and type of nonemployee director awards to be awarded on a periodic, non-discriminatory basis. Nonemployee director awards may be granted in the form of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards. Subject to adjustment for changes in our capital structure, no nonemployee director may be awarded, in any fiscal year, one or more nonemployee director awards for more than shares. However, the annual limit may be increased by the following

additions: (i) an additional shares in the fiscal year in which the nonemployee director is first appointed or elected to the Board, (ii) an additional shares in any fiscal year in which the nonemployee director is serving as the chairman or lead director of the Board, (iii) an additional shares in any fiscal year for each committee of the Board on which the nonemployee director is then serving other than as chairman of the committee, and (iv) an additional shares in any fiscal year for each committee of the Board on which the nonemployee director is then serving as chairman of the committee.

In the event of a change in control as described in the Equity Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all or any awards outstanding under the Equity Plan or substitute substantially equivalent awards. Any awards which are not assumed or continued in connection with a change in control or exercised or settled prior to the change in control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. The administrator may provide for the acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the vesting of all nonemployee director awards will automatically be accelerated in full. The Equity Plan also authorizes the administrator, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange for a payment to the participant with respect to each vested share subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the change in control transaction over the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.

2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Purchase Plan, was adopted by our Board of Directors in January 2007 and is expected to be approved by our stockholders in February 2007. The Purchase Plan will become effective upon the completion of this offering.

A total of 500,000 shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for sale under the Purchase Plan. In addition, the Purchase Plan provides for an automatic annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance under the plan on April 1 of each year beginning in 2008 and continuing through and including April 1, 2017 equal to the lesser of (1) one percent (1%) of our then issued and outstanding shares of common stock on the immediately preceding March 31, (2) 250,000 shares or (3) a number of shares as our Board may determine. Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and in outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants' rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to purchase rights which expire or are canceled will again become available for issuance under the Purchase Plan.

Our employees and employees of any parent or subsidiary corporation designated by the administrator are eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan if they are customarily employed by us for more than 20 hours per week and more than 5 months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted a right to purchase stock under the Purchase Plan if: (1) the employee immediately after such grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock or of any parent or subsidiary corporation, or (2) the employee's rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 in value for each calendar year of participation in such plans.

The Purchase Plan is implemented through a series of sequential offering periods, generally six (6) months in duration beginning on the first trading day on or after May 1 and November 1 of each year, except that the first offering period will commence on the effective date of the Purchase Plan and will end on October 31, 2007. The administrator is authorized to establish additional or alternative sequential or overlapping offering periods and offering periods having a different duration or different starting or ending dates, provided that no offering period may have a duration exceeding 27 months.

Amounts accumulated for each participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period at a price generally equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock at the beginning of an offering period or at the end of the offering period. Prior to commencement of an offering period, the administrator is authorized to reduce, but not increase, this purchase price discount for that offering period, or, under circumstances described in the Purchase Plan, during that offering period. The maximum number of shares a participant may purchase in any six-month offering period is the lesser of (i) that number of shares determined by multiplying (x) 1,000 shares by (y) the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole share or (ii) that number of whole shares determined by dividing (x) the product of $2,083.33 and the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole dollar by (y) the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the beginning of the offering period. Prior to the beginning of any offering period, the administrator may alter the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any participant during the offering period or specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all participants in the offering period. If insufficient shares remain available under the plan to permit all participants to purchase the number of shares to which they would otherwise be entitled, the administrator will make a pro rata allocation of the available shares. Any amounts withheld from participants' compensation in excess of the amounts used to purchase shares will be refunded, without interest.

In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor corporation may assume our rights and obligations under the Purchase Plan. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume such rights and obligations, then the purchase date of the offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date prior to the change in control.

Simplified Employee Pension Plan

We have adopted a Simplified Employee Pension Plan which is intended to satisfy the requirements under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the terms of this plan, we may, but are not required, to make discretionary contributions to each participant's individual retirement account. Contributions to the plan are generally deductible by us when made, and are not taxable to participants until distributed. Pursuant to the plan, participants may direct the trustees to invest their individual retirement accounts.

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors shall not be personally liable for monetary damages to us or our stockholders for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except liability for:

•: a breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
•: acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
•: an act related to an unlawful stock repurchase or redemptions or payments of dividends; or
•: transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our bylaws provide that:

•: we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions where indemnification is not permitted by applicable law;
•: we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and
•: the rights provided in the bylaws are not exclusive.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director's duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief remain available under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements also may require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified and to obtain directors' and officers' insurance if available on reasonable terms. We believe that these agreements and these provisions in our bylaws and certificate of incorporation are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as officers and directors. We also intend to maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents where indemnification by us is sought. In addition, we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding, which may result in a claim for indemnification.

RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

Distribution Agreement with HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd.

Jing Rong Tang, one of our directors, is the chief executive officer of HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. or HolyStone, which is a holder of more than 5% of our stock. In July 1997, we entered into a distribution agreement with HolyStone. The agreement is renewable annually without notice, and either party may terminate the agreement upon 30 days written notice. Under the terms of the agreement, HolyStone serves as an independent contractor and has a non-exclusive right to distribute our products in Taiwan. Under the terms of the agreement, HolyStone is obligated to pay us for our products 30 days after the date of invoice from us. The agreement provides that HolyStone may not distribute products that are competitive with our products, and we have the right to determine which products are competitive. We maintain the right to sell our products directly in Taiwan and are not obligated to accept HolyStone's orders. HolyStone has the right to use our trademarks and tradenames in connection with sales and advertising of our products.

Our sales to HolyStone were approximately $1.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2006, $1.2 million in fiscal 2006, $1.1 million in fiscal 2005 and $1.0 million in fiscal 2004. We had a receivable balance of $323,000 from HolyStone at December 31, 2006.

Other Transactions

For information regarding the grant of stock options to directors and executive officers, please see "Management—Director Compensation" and "Management—Executive Compensation."

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information known to us regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2006, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock offered hereby, by:

•: each stockholder who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
•: each of our named executive officers;
•: each of our directors;
•: all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and
•: each of the selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table and subject to the applicable community property laws, based on information provided by the person named in the table, these persons have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of the common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. The number of shares of common stock used to calculate the percentage ownership of each listed person includes the shares of common stock underlying options held by such person that are exercisable within 60 days following December 31, 2006. The percentage of beneficial ownership is based, before the offering, on 21,402,829 shares of common stock outstanding, as of December 31, 2006, assuming the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, which will occur upon the completion of this offering. The percentage ownership after the offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding after the offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

The address for those individuals and entities not otherwise indicated is 2360 Owen Street, Santa Clara, California 95054.

	Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to the Offering				Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
Beneficial Owner	Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to the Offering			Shares Being Offered	Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
Beneficial Owner	Number	Percent		Shares Being Offered	Number	Percent
Principal and Selling Stockholders:
Ching-Ho Cheng(1)	2,042,106	9.5	%	200,000	1,842,106
Ameroc Corp.(2)	1,785,000	8.3		350,000	1,435,000
HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd.(3)	1,400,000	6.5		300,000	1,100,000
Hsin-Yi Yang(4)	1,045,000	4.9		200,000	845,000
Koowin Co., Ltd.(5)	775,000	3.6		350,000	425,000
Muh-Tyng Jiang(6)	626,668	2.9		208,889	417,799
WestTech Electronics(7)	595,000	2.8		120,000	475,000
Fen-Ya Chen(8)	370,000	1.7		70,000	300,000
Yu-Min Wu(9)	350,000	1.6		70,000	280,000
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
Jing Rong Tang(10)	3,185,000	14.9		—	3,185,000
Lee-Lean Shu(11)	2,592,112	12.1		—	2,592,112
Hsiang-Wen Chen(12)	1,681,042	7.9		—	1,681,042
Robert Yau(13)	1,300,523	6.1		—	1,300,523
Didier Lasserre(14)	277,501	1.3		—	277,501
David Chapman(15)	211,876	*		—	211,876
Douglas Schirle(16)	191,875	*		—	191,875
Ruey L. Lu(17)	8,000	*		—	8,000
All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(18)	10,935,430	51.1			10,935,430

*: Less than 1.0%
(1): The mailing address for Ching-Ho Cheng is 100 Fair Oaks Lane, Atherton, CA 94027. Mr. Cheng purchased 2,000,000 shares of our common stock in March 1997 in connection with an equity financing, and such shares were converted as of December 1999 into 2,000,000 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, of which 100,000 shares were sold in a private sale in September 2000. Mr. Cheng purchased 200,000 shares of our common stock in March 1998 in connection with an equity financing, and such shares were converted as of December 1999 into 200,000 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, 57,894 shares of which Mr. Cheng subsequently transferred.
(2): Yu-Min Wu, the director of Ameroc Corp., has voting and investment control over the shares held by Ameroc Corp. The mailing address for Ameroc Corp. is 1FL, No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. Ameroc Corp. acquired 675,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock, 1,010,000 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, and 100,000 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock through private transfers in June 2000.
(3): Jing Rong Tang, the Chief Executive Officer of HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd., has voting and investment control over the shares held by HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. Mr. Tang has served as a member of our Board of Directors since May 1995. GSI supplies Fast and Very Fast SRAMs to HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. The mailing address for HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. is 1FL No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. purchased 1,000,000 shares of our common stock in March 1997 in connection with an equity financing, and such shares were converted as of December 1999 into 1,000,000 shares of our

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. also purchased 400,000 shares of our common stock in March 1998 in connection with an equity financing, and such shares were converted as of December 1999 into 400,000 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock.

(4): The mailing address for Hsin-Yi Yang is 1FL, No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. Mr. Yang purchased 260,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock in an equity financing in June 1995 and purchased an additional 390,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock in an equity financing in February 1996. Of the original 260,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock purchased by Mr. Yang, 100,000 shares were disposed through private transfers in June 2000. Mr. Yang purchased 435,000 shares of our common stock in March 1997 in connection with an equity financing, and such shares were converted as of December 1999 into 435,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. Mr. Yang also purchased 60,000 shares of our common stock in March 1998 in connection with an equity financing, and such shares were converted as of December 1999 into 60,000 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock.
(5): Jing Rong Tang, a director of Koowin Co., Ltd., has voting and investment control over the shares held by Koowin Co., Ltd. Mr. Tang has served as a member of our Board of Directors since May 1995. The mailing address for Koowin Co., Ltd. is 1FL No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. Koowin Co., Ltd. acquired 775,000 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock through private transfers in June 2000.
(6): Muh-Tyng Jiang's address is 149 Shi-Chien Road, Panchiao, Taipei County, Taiwan R.O.C.
(7): Shih Yun Sheng has voting and investment control over the shares held by WestTech Electronics. The mailing address for WestTech Electronics is 1FL No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. WestTech Electronics acquired 595,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock through a private transfer in June 2000.
(8): Fen-Ya Chen's address is 1FL, No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C.
(9): Yu-Min Wu's address is 1FL, No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C.
(10): Includes 1,400,000 shares held by HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd., of which Mr. Tang is Chief Executive Officer. Includes 775,000 shares held by Koowin Co., Ltd., of which Mr. Tang is a director.
(11): Includes 309,375 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following December 31, 2006. Includes 13,600 shares held by Mr. Shu's children. Includes 100,000 shares held by Mr. Shu's spouse, and 86,720 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by his spouse that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006. Also includes 400,000 shares held by GoodFortune GSI Inc.
(12): Includes 200,000 shares held by Monet Capital Fund S, LP, 363,334 shares held by Monet Capital Fund 1, LP, and 363,333 shares held by TEFA Capital, Inc. Dr. Chen is managing director of Monet Capital, LLC and has an equity interest in Monet Capital Fund S, LP, Monet Capital Fund 1, LP and TEFA Capital, Inc. Dr. Chen disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Monet Capital Fund S, LP, Monet Capital Fund 1, LP and TEFA Capital, Inc. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(13): Includes 154,690 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following December 31, 2006.
(14): Includes 91,876 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following December 31, 2006.

(15): Represents 211,876 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following December 31, 2006.
(16): Includes 166,875 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following December 31, 2006.
(17): Represents 8,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following December 31, 2006.
(18): Includes an aggregate of 1,194,413 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following December 31, 2006.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

The following is a summary of the material terms of our common stock and preferred stock. Please see our certificate of incorporation and bylaws filed as an exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for more detailed information.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2006, there were 21,402,829 shares of our common stock outstanding held of record by 136 stockholders, assuming the conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by the Board. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or redemption rights. Each outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted into an aggregate of 15,120,168 shares of common stock provided that the aggregate offering price of the shares offered in this offering equals or exceeds $10,000,000. Following the completion of the offering, 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock will be authorized for issuance. Our Board of Directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue preferred stock in one or more series. In addition, the Board may fix the rights, preferences and privileges of any preferred stock it determines to issue. Any or all of these rights may be superior to the rights of the common stock. Preferred stock could thus be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of our company or to make removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may decrease the market price of our common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

None of our stockholders has any registration rights.

Antitakeover Provisions

Delaware Law

We will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with an "interested stockholder," unless:

•: prior to the date of the transaction, the Board of Directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction, which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

•: the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and (b) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
•: on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66²/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Except as otherwise specified in Section 203, an "interested stockholder" is defined to include:

•: any person that is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation, or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within three years immediately prior to the date of determination and
•: the affiliates and associates of any such person.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Following the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that:

•: no action can be taken by stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws, and stockholders may not act by written consent;
•: the approval of holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or amend or repeal the provisions of our certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors and the ability of stockholders to take action;
•: our Board of Directors will be expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws;
•: our Board of Directors will be authorized to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval;
•: directors may only be removed for cause by the holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors; and
•: we will indemnify officers and directors against losses that may incur as a result of investigations and legal proceedings resulting from their services to us, which may include services in connection with takeover defense measures.

These provisions may make it more difficult for stockholders to take specific corporate actions and could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is Computershare Limited.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol "GSIT."

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the possibility of these sales, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options to purchase common stock after December 31, 2006. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below.

The remaining 19,533,940 shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering will be "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144. These securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Sales of these restricted securities in the public market, or the availability of these shares for sale, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

Holders of approximately 19,312,379 of these restricted securities, including all of our officers and directors and the entities affiliated with them, have entered into lock-up agreements providing that, subject to limited exceptions, they will not sell, directly or indirectly, any common stock without the prior consent of the joint book running managers for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. In addition, the 180 day period may be extended for up to 34 additional days under certain circumstances. See "Underwriting."

The number of restricted securities that will be available for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144, will be as follows:

•: approximately 221,561 shares will be eligible for immediate sale as of the date of this prospectus; and
•: approximately 19,312,379 additional shares will be eligible for sale beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

Shares issued upon exercise of options granted by us prior to the date of this prospectus will be available for sale in the public market under Rule 701 of the Securities Act. Rule 701 permits resales of these shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with various restrictions, including the holding period requirement, imposed under Rule 144. In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares not to exceed the greater of (1) one percent of the then outstanding shares of common stock or (2) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to the sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale and notice requirements, as well as to the availability of current public information about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years is entitled to sell the shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

As of December 31, 2006, options to purchase an aggregate of 4,348,869 shares of common stock were outstanding under our stock option plans. We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act approximately 90 days after the date of this prospectus to register an aggregate of approximately 3,500,000 shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under its stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan. Shares of common stock issued under the foregoing plans, after the filing of related registration statements, will be freely tradable in the public market, subject in the case of the holders to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates, lock-up agreements with the underwriters and vesting restrictions imposed by us.

UNDERWRITING

We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters named below. Needham & Company, LLC and WR Hambrecht + Co., LLC are acting as joint book running managers of this offering and, together with Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and Stanford Group Company, are acting as representatives of the underwriters. The underwriters' obligations are several, which means that each underwriter is required to purchase a specific number of shares, but is not responsible for the commitment of any other underwriter to purchase shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

Underwriter			Number of Shares
Needham & Company, LLC
WR Hambrecht + Co., LLC
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
Stanford Group Company

	Total

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below.

The underwriting agreement provides that we and the selling stockholders will indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to additional shares of common stock at the public offering price per share, less the underwriting discount, set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This option is exercisable during the 30-day period after the date of this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with this offering. If this option is exercised, each of the underwriters will purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares as the number of shares of common stock to be purchased by that underwriter, as shown in the table above, bears to the total shown.

The representatives have advised us and the selling stockholders that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer shares to securities dealers, who may include the underwriters, at that public offering price less a concession of up to $ per share. The underwriters may allow, and those dealers may reallow, a concession to other securities dealers of up to $ per share. After the offering to the public, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the representatives.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

	Total
	Per Share	No Exercise	Full Exercise
Paid by GSI Technology, Inc.	$	$	$
Paid by selling stockholders

We will pay the expenses of the offering on behalf of the selling stockholders, excluding the underwriting discount. We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $ .

We have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into our common stock for a period of days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the joint book-running managers. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. Our directors, officers, and the selling stockholders and other stockholders, who collectively hold in the aggregate shares of common stock, have agreed not to, directly or indirectly, sell, hedge, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options to acquire shares of common stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into shares of common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the joint book-running managers. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the joint book-running managers waive, in writing, such an extension. A transfer of securities to a family member, trust, affiliate, partner or member of such person, or as a bona fide gift, may be made, provided the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the above restrictions prior to the transfer.

The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales by the underwriters to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered.

In connection with this offering, Needham & Company, LLC, on behalf of the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with this offering by selling more shares than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This creates a short position in our common stock for their own account. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. To close out a short position or to stabilize the price of our common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, common stock in the open market. The underwriters may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our common stock in this offering because the underwriters repurchase that stock in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Finally, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our common stock in market making transactions.

These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriters are

not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders, and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations are:

•: our history and prospects and the history and prospect of the industry in which we compete;
•: an assessment of our management;
•: our past and present operations;
•: our past and present earnings and the trend of those earnings;
•: our prospects for future earnings;
•: our present state of development;
•: the general condition of the securities markets at the time of the offering; and
•: the market prices of and demand for publicly traded common stock of comparable companies in recent periods.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by DLA Piper US LLP, East Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2005 and 2006 and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2006 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the shares to be sold in this offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to, are not necessarily complete, and in each instance please refer to the copy of the contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by this reference.

You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will file annual, quarterly and current reports as well as proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement will also be available to you on the SEC's Internet site. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

		Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets As of March 31, 2005 and 2006 and December 31, 2006 (unaudited)		F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations For the Three Years Ended March 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006 and For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited)		F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity For the Three Years Ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited)		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For the Three Years Ended March 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006 and For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited)		F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-7

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of GSI Technology, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GSI Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries at March 31, 2005 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the accompanying financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
October 19, 2006, except for Note 13, as to which the date is February 16, 2007

F-2

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share amounts)

												Pro Forma Stockholders' Equity at December 31, 2006
				March 31,
				March 31,						December 31, 2006
				2005			2006			December 31, 2006
										(unaudited)
												(See Note 1)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents				$	8,522		$	11,505		$	8,905
Restricted cash					1,159			1,000			1,000
Short-term investments					3,000			4,000			6,000
Accounts receivable, net					4,947			4,295			7,532
Inventories					12,039			12,600			20,416
Prepaid expenses and other current assets					765			1,824			2,429
Deferred income taxes					1,021			808			808

		Total current assets			31,453			36,032			47,090
Property and equipment, net					1,710			2,206			2,351
Other assets					361			1,306			1,313

		Total assets		$	33,524		$	39,544		$	50,754

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Accounts payable				$	2,234		$	5,195		$	7,236
Accrued expenses and other liabilities					2,689			1,280			2,142
Deferred revenue					3,026			3,104			4,544

		Total current liabilities			7,949			9,579			13,922

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
	Authorized: 15,120,168 shares
	Issued and outstanding: 15,120,168, 15,120,168, 15,120,168 (unaudited) and no (unaudited) shares, respectively
	Liquidation preference: $9,007, $9,007, $9,007 (unaudited) and none (unaudited), respectively				9,007			9,007			9,007	$	—

Stockholders' equity:
	Preferred stock: $0.001 par value
		Authorized: 5,000,000 shares
		Issued and outstanding: none			—			—			—		—
	Common stock: $0.001 par value
	Authorized: 150,000,000 shares
	Issued and outstanding: 6,128,350, 6,164,286, 6,282,661 (unaudited) and 21,402,829 (unaudited) shares, respectively				6			6			6		21
Additional paid-in capital					6,322			6,368			7,050		16,042
Deferred stock-based compensation					(261	)		(166	)		—		—
Retained earnings					10,501			14,750			20,769		20,769

		Total stockholders' equity			16,568			20,958			27,825	$	36,832

			Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity	$	33,524		$	39,544		$	50,754

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

			Year Ended March 31,								Nine Months Ended December 31,
			2004			2005			2006		2005			2006
											(unaudited)
Net revenues			$	35,419		$	45,736		$	43,141	$	32,737		$	44,180
Cost of revenues				26,619			30,715			29,229		22,826			27,213

Gross profit				8,800			15,021			13,912		9,911			16,967

Operating expenses:
	Research and development			5,500			4,804			5,377		4,194			3,756
	Selling, general and administrative			4,152			5,756			4,797		3,572			4,440

		Total operating expenses		9,652			10,560			10,174		7,766			8,196

Income (loss) from operations				(852	)		4,461			3,738		2,145			8,771
Interest income, net				58			158			475		327			614
Other income (expense), net				124			6			207		69			(73	)

Income (loss) before income taxes				(670	)		4,625			4,420		2,541			9,312
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes				—			(155	)		171		(401	)		3,293

Net income (loss)			$	(670	)	$	4,780		$	4,249	$	2,942		$	6,019

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders:
Basic			$	(0.12	)	$	0.63		$	0.54	$	0.37		$	0.86

Diluted			$	(0.12	)	$	0.21		$	0.19	$	0.13		$	0.26

Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:
Basic				5,737			6,112			6,148		6,142			6,238

Diluted				5,737			22,562			22,586		22,570			22,745

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited):
Basic									$	0.20				$	0.28

Diluted									$	0.19				$	0.26

Pro forma weighted average shares used in per share calculations (unaudited):
Basic										21,268					21,358

Diluted										22,706					22,865

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

	Common Stock
	Common Stock			Additional Paid-in Capital			Deferred Stock-Based Compensation			Retained Earnings			Total Stockholders' Equity
	Shares	Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital			Deferred Stock-Based Compensation			Retained Earnings			Total Stockholders' Equity
Balance, March 31, 2003	5,630,125	$	6	$	5,830		$	(531	)	$	6,391		$	11,696
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	439,425		—		65			—			—			65
Deferred stock-based compensation	—		—		349			(349	)		—			—
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation	—		—		—			528			—			528
Net loss and comprehensive loss	—		—		—			—			(670	)		(670	)

Balance, March 31, 2004	6,069,550		6		6,244			(352	)		5,721			11,619
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	58,800		—		50			—			—			50
Deferred stock-based compensation	—		—		28			(28	)		—			—
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation	—		—		—			119			—			119
Net income and comprehensive income	—		—		—			—			4,780			4,780

Balance, March 31, 2005	6,128,350		6		6,322			(261	)		10,501			16,568
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	35,936		—		46			—			—			46
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation	—		—		—			95			—			95
Net income and comprehensive income	—		—		—			—			4,249			4,249

Balance, March 31, 2006	6,164,286		6		6,368			(166	)		14,750			20,958
Reversal of deferred stock-based compensation upon adoption of SFAS 123(R) (unaudited)	—		—		(166	)		166			—			—
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)	118,375		—		39			—			—			39
Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)	—		—		809			—			—			809
Net income and comprehensive income (unaudited)	—		—		—			—			6,019			6,019

Balance, December 31, 2006 (unaudited)	6,282,661	$	6	$	7,050		$	—		$	20,769		$	27,825

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

					Year Ended March 31,									Nine Months Ended December 31,
					2004			2005			2006			2005			2006
														(unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
	Net income (loss)				$	(670	)	$	4,780		$	4,249		$	2,942		$	6,019
	Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
		Allowance for doubtful accounts				(81	)		(17	)		63			7			(50	)
		Provision for excess and obsolete inventories				846			48			1,111			933			328
		Depreciation and amortization				1,009			926			893			676			632
		Stock-based compensation				528			119			95			72			809
		Deferred income taxes				—			(1,291	)		(734	)		—			—
		Changes in assets and liabilities:
			Accounts receivable			(4,750	)		2,442			589			304			(3,187	)
			Inventory			(8,090	)		2,738			(1,672	)		381			(8,144	)
			Prepaid expenses and other assets			1,789			804			(1,057	)		(375	)		(612	)
			Accounts payable			3,640			(2,363	)		2,961			1,345			2,041
			Accrued expenses and other liabilities			1,967			22			(1,409	)		(2,804	)		862
			Deferred revenue			1,566			17			78			(75	)		1,440

				Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(2,246	)		8,225			5,167			3,406			138

Cash flows from investing activities:
	Decrease (increase) in restricted cash					(8	)		(8	)		159			159			—
	Purchase of short-term investments					—			(3,000	)		(1,000	)		(1,000	)		(9,500	)
	Sales and maturities of short-term investments					—			—			—			—			7,500
	Purchases of property and equipment					(473	)		(233	)		(1,389	)		(1,291	)		(777	)

				Net cash used in investing activities		(481	)		(3,241	)		(2,230	)		(2,132	)		(2,777	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
	Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon option exercises					65			50			46			43			39

				Net cash provided by financing activities		65			50			46			43			39

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents						(2,662	)		5,034			2,983			1,317			(2,600	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year						6,150			3,488			8,522			8,522			11,505

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year					$	3,488		$	8,522		$	11,505		$	9,839		$	8,905

Supplemental cash flow information:
	Cash paid for income taxes				$	6		$	919		$	2,492		$	2,425		$	2,541

	Cash paid for interest				$	8		$	8		$	8		$	8		$	8

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company

GSI Technology, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in California in March 1995 and reincorporated in Delaware on June 9, 2004. The Company is a provider of "Very Fast" SRAM products that are incorporated primarily in high-performance networking and telecommunications equipment, such as routers, switches, wide area network infrastructure equipment, wireless base stations and network access equipment. In addition, the Company serves the ongoing needs of the military, industrial, test equipment and medical markets for high-performance SRAMs.

Accounting principles

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company's two wholly-owned subsidiaries, GSI Technology Holdings, Inc. and GSI Technology (BVI), Inc. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates are inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and include revenue recognition, obsolete and excess inventory, the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, the valuation of equity instruments and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Risk and uncertainties

The Company buys all of its wafers, an integral component of its products, from a single supplier and is also dependent on independent suppliers to assemble and test its products. During the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and for the nine month period ended December 31, 2006, all of the Company's wafers were supplied by Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited, or TSMC. If this supplier fails to satisfy the Company's requirements on a timely basis at competitive prices, the Company could suffer manufacturing delays, a possible loss of revenues, or higher cost of revenues, any of which could adversely affect operating results.

A majority of the Company's net revenues come from sales to customers in the networking and telecommunications equipment industry. A decline in demand in this industry could have a material adverse affect on the Company's operating results and financial condition.

Because much of the manufacturing and testing of the Company's products is conducted in Taiwan, its business performance may be affected by changes in Taiwan's political, social and economic environment. For example, any political instability resulting from the relationship among the United States, Taiwan and the People's Republic of China could damage the Company's business. Moreover, the role of the Taiwanese government in the Taiwanese economy is significant. Taiwanese policies toward economic liberalization, and laws and policies affecting technology companies, foreign

F-7

investment, currency exchange rates, taxes and other matters could change, resulting in greater restrictions on the Company's and its suppliers' ability to do business and operate facilities in Taiwan. If any of these risks were to occur, the Company's business could be harmed.

Some of the Company's suppliers are located near fault lines. In the event of a major earthquake or other natural disaster near the facilities of any of these suppliers, the Company's business could be harmed.

Unaudited interim results

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006 and related consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the related consolidated statement of stockholders' equity for the nine months ended December 31, 2006, are unaudited. The interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the Company's results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and financial position at December 31, 2006. The results for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending March 31, 2007 or for any other interim period or for any other future year.

Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity

Immediately prior to the consummation of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, and provided that the aggregate offering price of the shares offered hereby exceeds $10,000,000, all of the Company's redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert to 15,120,168 shares of common stock, based on the shares of preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2006. Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 15,120,168 shares of the Company's common stock, is set forth on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Under these criteria, revenue from the sale of products is recognized upon shipment according to the Company's shipping terms, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances based on historical experience. Sales to distributors are made under agreements allowing for returns or credits under certain circumstances. The Company defers recognition of revenue on sales to distributors until products are resold by the distributor. Sales to consignment warehouses, who purchase products from the Company for use by contract manufacturers, are recorded upon delivery to the contract manufacturer.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in demand accounts and highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase, stated at cost, which approximates their fair market value.

F-8

Short-term investments

All of the Company's short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale. Short-term investments consist of auction rate securities with a contractual maturity in excess of five years. Even though the stated maturity dates of these investments may be one year or more beyond the balance sheet date, the Company has classified all auction rate securities as short-term investments. In accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43, Chapter 3A, Working Capital-Current Assets and Current Liabilities, the Company views its available-for-sale portfolio as available for use in its current operations. Based upon historical experience in the financial markets as well as the Company's specific experience with auction rate securities, the Company believes there is reasonable expectation of completing a successful auction in the next twelve month period. During its history of investing in these securities, the Company has not been unable to sell its holdings of these investments. Accordingly, the Company believes that the risk of non-redemption of these investments within a year is minimal. Investments are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax, as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). There were no unrealized gains or losses in relation to short-term investments for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 or for the nine month period ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited) because of the frequent interest rate resetting nature of auction rate securities.

Restricted cash

At March 31, 2005 and 2006 and at December 31, 2006 (unaudited), restricted cash consists of certificates of deposit totaling $1,000,000 held with a financial institution as collateral for the Company's line of credit, and $159,000 at March 31, 2005 held with a Taiwan financial institution as security for any possible default of payment by the Company to its major supplier of wafers.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short term investments and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash primarily in checking, certificate of deposit, and money market accounts with reputable financial institutions. The Company's accounts receivable are derived primarily from revenue earned from customers located in the U.S. and Asia. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and, generally, requires no collateral from its customers. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based upon the expected collectibility of accounts receivable. The Company's write offs of accounts receivable were $49,000 and $29,000 for the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. There were no write offs in the year ended March 31, 2006. There were no write offs in the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited).

In fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006, sales to the Company's top 10 customers accounted for approximately 84%, 88% and 88% of net revenues, respectively. For the year ended March 31, 2004, three customers accounted for 27%, 18% and 14% of net revenues. At March 31, 2005, four customers accounted for 24%, 13%, 13% and 12% of accounts receivable and for the year then ended three customers accounted for 32%, 18% and 15% of net revenues. At March 31, 2006, three customers accounted for 28%, 17% and 12% of accounts receivable, and for the year then ended, three customers accounted for 30%, 27% and 10% of net revenues.

F-9

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on a weighted average basis. Inventory reserves are established when conditions indicate that the selling price could be less than cost due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other causes. Reserves are established for excess inventory generally based on inventory levels in excess of 12 months of forecasted demand, as estimated by management, for each specific product.

During the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Company recorded reserves for excess, obsolete and other inventory related matters aggregating $846,000, $48,000 and $1,111,000, respectively. For the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Company recorded reserves for excess, obsolescence and other inventory related matters aggregating $933,000 (unaudited) and $328,000 (unaudited), respectively.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as presented below:

Software		3 years
Hardware and equipment		5 years
Furniture and fixtures		7 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease term of the respective assets. Gains or losses on disposals of property and equipment are recorded in operating expenses. Costs of repairs and maintenance are typically included as part of operating expenses unless they are incurred in relation to major improvements to existing property and equipment, at which time they are capitalized.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their net book value may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and before interest) from the use of the assets is less than the net book value of the asset. The amount of the impairment loss, if any, will generally be measured as the difference between net book value of the assets and their estimated fair values. There were no impairment losses recognized during the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and for the nine month period ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited).

Research and development

Research and development expenses are related to new product designs, including, salaries, contractor fees, and allocation of corporate costs and are charged to the statement of operations as incurred.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected

F-10

to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Shipping and handling costs

The Company records costs related to shipping and handling in cost of revenues.

Advertising expense

Advertising costs are charged to expense in the period incurred. Advertising expense was $4,000 and $1,000 for the years ended March 31, 2004, and 2006, respectively. There was no advertising expense in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. Advertising expense for the nine month period ended December 31, 2006 was $4,000 (unaudited). There was no advertising expense during the nine month period ended December 31, 2005 (unaudited).

Foreign currency transactions

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for all of the Company's foreign operations. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, resulting from transactions denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars are included in the statements of operations. These gains and losses have not been material for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 or for the nine month period ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited).

Accounting for stock-based compensation

Prior to April 1, 2006, the Company accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees ("APB 25"), and Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25, and had adopted the disclosure-only provisions using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS 123"), and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure. In accordance with APB 25, the Company recognized compensation cost for options granted to the extent the exercise price was lower than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Prior to April 1, 2006, the Company allocated stock-based compensation costs using the straight line method and recognized the effect of forfeitures when they occurred.

On April 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment ("SFAS 123(R)"), using the modified prospective transition method. Under this method, the Company's stock-based compensation costs recognized during the nine months ended December 31, 2006 were comprised of compensation costs for all share-based payment awards granted subsequent to April 1, 2006 and of compensation costs related to share-based payment awards that were unvested on April 1, 2006, based on their grant-date fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Prior periods were not restated. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the statement of operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 is based on options ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced by the amount of estimated forfeitures.

The Company chose the straight-line method of allocating compensation cost over the requisite service period of the related award under SFAS 123(R). The Company calculated the expected term

F-11

based on the historical average period of time that options were outstanding as adjusted for expected changes in future exercise patterns, which, for options granted in the nine months ended December 31, 2006, resulted in an expected term of approximately four years (unaudited). The Company based its estimate of expected volatility on the estimated volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the expected life of the options. The dividend yield is 0%, based on the fact that the Company has never paid dividends and has no present intention to pay dividends. Changes to these assumptions may have a significant impact on the results of operations.

The impact of adoption of SFAS 123(R) was to reduce income before tax by $809,000, net income by $787,000 and basic and diluted earnings per share by $0.13 and $0.03, respectively, for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited). SFAS 123(R) requires cash flows, if any, resulting from the tax benefits from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. Adoption of FAS No. 123(R) did not have an impact on operating and financing cash flows because the Company did not have any excess tax benefits in the period of adoption.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company recognized forfeitures of unvested stock options as they occurred. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company began estimating future forfeitures and recognizing the effect of such forfeitures on the grant date of the awards. SFAS No. 123(R) requires a one-time cumulative adjustment at the adoption date to record an estimate of future forfeitures on the unvested outstanding awards. Based on the Company's estimate of the impact of future forfeitures on the expense recognized for unvested options at the date of adoption, such one-time cumulative adjustment was determined to be immaterial.

Comprehensive income

The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income ("SFAS No. 130"). SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income is defined to include all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. For the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited), there were no other components of comprehensive income.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, or SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, which provides interpretive guidance on how the effects of the carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. The Company will be required to adopt the provisions of SAB No. 108 in its fiscal year 2008. The Company does not believe the adoption of SAB No. 108 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The changes to current practice resulting from the application of this Statement relate to the definition of fair value, the methods used to measure fair value, and the expanded disclosures

F-12

about fair value measurements. The Company will be required to adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 157 beginning with its fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2008. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of FASB Statement 109 ("FIN 48"). FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return (including a decision whether to file or not to file a return in a particular jurisdiction). Under the Interpretation, the financial statements will reflect expected future tax consequences of such positions presuming the taxing authorities' full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts, but without considering time values. The Interpretation substantially changes the applicable accounting model and is likely to cause greater volatility in income statements as more items are recognized discretely within income tax expense. The Interpretation also revises disclosure requirements and introduces a prescriptive, annual, tabular roll-forward of the unrecognized tax benefits. The Interpretation requires qualitative and quantitative disclosures, including discussion of reasonably possible changes that might occur in the recognized tax benefits over the next 12 months; a description of open tax years by major jurisdictions; and a roll-forward of all unrecognized tax benefits, presented as a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the unrecognized tax benefits on a worldwide aggregated basis. The Interpretation is effective as of the beginning of fiscal years that start after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of FIN 48 will have on its financial position and results of operations.

In June 2006, EITF No. 06-3, How Sales Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross Versus Net Presentation) ("EITF No. 06-03"), was issued, which states that a company must disclose its accounting policy (i.e., gross or net presentations) regarding presentations of taxes within the scope of EITF No. 06-3. If taxes included in gross revenue are significant, a company must disclose the amount of these taxes for each period for which an income statement is presented. The disclosures are required for annual and interim financial statements for each period for which an income statement is presented. EITF No. 06-3 will be effective for the Company beginning April 1, 2007. Based on the Company's current evaluation of EITF No. 06-3, the Company does not expect its adoption to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial position.

NOTE 2—NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE AND PRO FORMA NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

The Company applies the provisions of EITF Issue No. 03-6, Participating Securities and the Two—Class Method under FASB Statement 128 ("EITF No. 03-6"), which established standards regarding the computation of earnings per share by companies with participating securities or multiple classes of common stock. The Company's Series A through E redeemable convertible preferred stock are participating securities due to their participation rights related to cash dividends declared by the Company as described in Note 8.

Basic net income (loss) available to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average common shares

F-13

outstanding for the period. The net income (loss) available to common stockholders is calculated by deducting dividends allocable to the Company's redeemable convertible preferred stock from net income (loss) to determine the net income (loss) available to common stockholders.

Diluted net income (loss) available to common stockholders per share is computed giving effect to all potentially dilutive common stock, including options and common stock subject to repurchase using the treasury stock method, and all convertible securities using the if-converted method to the extent it is dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders per share (in thousands, except per share data):

	Years Ended March 31,									Nine Months Ended December 31,
	2004			2005			2006			2005			2006
										(unaudited)
Numerators:
Net income (loss)	$	(670	)	$	4,780		$	4,249		$	2,942		$	6,019
Net income allocated to participating redeemable convertible preferred stockholders		—			(901	)		(901	)		(676	)		(676	)

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders—Basic	$	(670	)	$	3,879		$	3,348		$	2,266		$	5,343
Net income allocated to participating redeemable convertible preferred stockholders		—			855			855			642			642

Net income available to common stockholders—Diluted	$	(670	)	$	4,734		$	4,203		$	2,908		$	5,985

Denominators:
Weighted average common shares outstanding		5,737			6,112			6,148			6,142			6,238
Weighted average shares—Basic		5,737			6,112			6,148			6,142			6,238
Dilutive effect of employee stock options		—			1,450			1,438			1,428			1,507
Dilutive effect of redeemable convertible preferred shares		—			15,000			15,000			15,000			15,000

Weighted average shares—Dilutive		5,737			22,562			22,586			22,570			22,745

Net income (loss) per common share—Basic	$	(0.12	)	$	0.63		$	0.54		$	0.37		$	0.86

Net income (loss) per common share—Diluted	$	(0.12	)	$	0.21		$	0.19		$	0.13		$	0.26

F-14

The following outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock options were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share as they had an antidilutive effect (in thousands):

	Years Ended March 31,			Nine Months Ended December 31,
	2004	2005	2006	2005	2006
				(unaudited)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock	15,120	120	120	120	120
Stock options	3,511	821	883	870	1,120

	18,631	941	1,003	990	1,240

Unaudited pro forma net income per common share, calculated assuming the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 15,120,168 shares of the Company's common stock, is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

		Year Ended March 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended December 31, 2006
		(unaudited)		(unaudited)
Numerator:
Net income		$	4,249	$	6,019
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding			6,148		6,238
Add: Adjustments to reflect the weighted average effect of the assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock			15,120		15,120

Total weighted average shares used in computing basic pro forma net income per common share			21,268		21,358

Add: Adjustments to reflect the effect of the assumed exercise of employee stock options outstanding			1,438		1,507
Total weighted average shares used in computing diluted pro forma net income per common share			22,706		22,865

Pro forma net income per common share:
	Basic	$	0.20	$	0.28

	Diluted	$	0.19	$	0.26

F-15

NOTE 3—BALANCE SHEET DETAIL

		March 31,
		March 31,				December 31, 2006
		2005		2006		December 31, 2006
						(unaudited)
		(in thousands)
Inventories:
	Finished goods	$	6,663	$	7,826	$	12,335
	Work-in-progress		4,077		3,601		6,457
	Inventory at distributors		1,299		1,173		1,624

		$	12,039	$	12,600	$	20,416

		March 31,
		2005			2006
		(in thousands)
Accounts receivable, net:
	Accounts receivable	$	5,097		$	4,508
	Less: Allowances for sales returns, doubtful accounts and other		(150	)		(213	)

		$	4,947		$	4,295

		March 31,
		2005			2006
		(in thousands)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
	Prepaid tooling and masks	$	360		$	1,120
	Other prepaid expenses		405			704

		$	765		$	1,824

Property and equipment, net:
	Computer and other equipment	$	4,688		$	5,758
	Software		1,211			1,320
	Furniture and fixtures		427			227
	Leasehold improvements		252			277

			6,578			7,582
	Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(4,868	)		(5,376	)

		$	1,710		$	2,206

F-16

Depreciation and amortization expense was $1,009,000, $926,000 and $893,000 for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $676,000 (unaudited) and $632,000 (unaudited) for the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

		March 31,
		2005		2006
		(in thousands)
Other Assets:
	Non-current deferred income taxes	$	270	$	1,217
	Deposits		91		89

		$	361	$	1,306

		March 31,
		2005		2006
		(in thousands)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:
	Accrued compensation	$	305	$	345
	Accrued professional fees		235		250
	Accrued commissions		238		173
	Accrued royalties		15		22
	Accrued income taxes		1,698		112
	Other accrued expenses		198		378

		$	2,689	$	1,280

NOTE 4—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Together, HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd., its subsidiaries, and its Chief Executive Officer, who is also a director of the Company, hold approximately 22% of the outstanding shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, 24% of the outstanding shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and 15% of the outstanding shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2005 and 2006 and December 31, 2006 (unaudited). The Company made sales of $1,001,000, $1,115,000 and $1,200,000 to HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd. during the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The Company made sales of $689,000 (unaudited) and $1,568,000 (unaudited) to HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd. during the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

The Company has a receivable balance of $123,000, $157,000 and $323,000 (unaudited) from HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd. at March 31, 2005 and 2006 and December 31, 2006, respectively.

F-17

NOTE 5—INCOME TAXES

The income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following (in thousands):

		Year Ended March 31,
		2004		2005			2006
Current:
	U.S. federal	$	—	$	1,123		$	875
	Foreign		—		—			13
	State		—		13			17

			—		1,136			905

Deferred:
	U.S. federal		—		(596	)		(544	)
	Foreign		—		—			—
	State		—		(695	)		(190	)

			—		(1,291	)		(734	)

		$	—	$	(155	)	$	171

The income tax expense (benefit) differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory income tax rate to pre-tax income as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2004			2005			2006
U.S. Federal taxes at statutory rate	$	(228	)	$	1,572		$	1,503
State taxes, net of federal benefit		61			130			(109	)
Stock-based compensation		179			40			32
Tax credits		(220	)		(219	)		(228	)
Valuation allowance		(782	)		(1,698	)		—
Release of tax reserve		—			—			(895	)
Other		990			20			(132	)

	$	—		$	(155	)	$	171

The income tax expense for the year ended March 31, 2006 reflects the release of $895,000 of tax reserves following the conclusion of an income tax audit by the Internal Revenue Service.

F-18

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

		March 31,
		2005			2006
Deferred tax assets:
	Deferred revenue	$	639		$	582
	Tax credits		490			637
	Property and equipment		—			580
	Other reserves and accruals		382			226

			1,511			2,025
Deferred tax liabilities:
	Property and equipment		(220	)		—

Net deferred tax assets		$	1,291		$	2,025

The Company's federal and state research tax credit carryforwards for income tax purposes are approximately $0 and $951,000, respectively, as of March 31, 2006. The Company also has approximately $17,000 in state manufacturer's investment credit carryforwards as of March 31, 2006, which begin to expire on March 31, 2012.

During the year ended March 31, 2005, the Company determined that there was sufficient positive evidence, including a recent history of generating taxable income, to release the Company's deferred tax asset valuation allowance that was recorded as of March 31, 2004. Accordingly, the Company released its deferred tax valuation allowance of $1,698,000 during the year ended March 31, 2005.

NOTE 6—BORROWINGS

At March 31, 2006, the Company had a line of credit with Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., which expired on May 9, 2006. The line of credit has subsequently been renewed until May 9, 2007. The line of credit provides for borrowings of up to $4,000,000 which are collateralized by a certificate of deposit of $1,000,000, certain accounts receivable balances and finished goods inventory. Borrowing is limited to $1,000,000 plus 70% of eligible United States accounts receivable balances and 35% of finished goods inventory with a sublimit of $500,000 for inventory. The terms of the line of credit include various covenants, the more restrictive of which requires the Company to maintain a working capital ratio of not less than 1.5 to 1, a tangible net worth, including redeemable convertible preferred stock, of not less than $15,000,000 and a debt to net worth ratio of less than 2 to 1. The Company's agreement with Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. contains a negative covenant, which precludes the Company from declaring dividends, other than dividends payable in stock, without the prior written consent of Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. The Company has been in compliance with these covenants during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 and for the nine month period ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited).

The first $1,000,000 of borrowings bear interest at the bank's reference rate (8.25% at December 31, 2006) (unaudited). Borrowings in excess of $1,000,000 bear interest at the bank's reference rate plus 1.00%. No amounts were outstanding under the line of credit at March 31, 2005 or 2006 and December 31, 2006 (unaudited).

F-19

NOTE 7—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating leases

The Company leases office space and equipment under noncancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through May 2010. Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was $568,000, $481,000 and $537,000, respectively. Rent expense for the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 was $407,000 (unaudited) and $395,000 (unaudited), respectively. The terms of the facility lease provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period, and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with remaining lease terms in excess of one year at March 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending March 31,	Operating Leases
2007	$	612
2008		385
2009		273
2010		282
2011		47
Thereafter		—

Total	$	1,599

Royalty obligation

The Company has license agreements to pay royalties on sale of products using the licensed technology through fiscal year 2007. Royalty expense for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was $154,000, $147,000 and $141,000, respectively. Royalty expense for the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 was $132,000 (unaudited) and $111,000 (unaudited), respectively.

Indemnification obligations

The Company is a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. Typically, these obligations arise in the context of contracts entered into by the Company, under which the Company customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations and covenants related to such matters as title to assets sold and certain intellectual property rights. In each of these circumstances, payment by the Company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the Company to challenge the other party's claims. Further, the Company's obligations under these agreements may be limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by it under these agreements.

It is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements due to the conditional nature of the Company's obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements did not have a material effect on its business, financial condition, cash flows or

F-20

results of operations. The Company believes that if it were to incur a loss in any of these matters, such loss should not have a material effect on its business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Product warranties

The Company warrants its products to be free of defects generally for a period of three years. The Company estimates its warranty costs based on historical warranty claim experience and includes such costs in cost of revenues. Warranty costs were not significant for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 or for the nine month period ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited).

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of day-to-day operations. As of December 31, 2006 (unaudited), the Company was not engaged in any legal proceedings that were expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. See Note 13 for a description of certain pending litigation.

NOTE 8—REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

Redeemable convertible preferred stock at March 31, 2005 and 2006 and September 30, 2006 (unaudited) consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

	Shares Issued and Outstanding	Liquidation Amount
Series A	4,350,000	$	870
Series B	7,260,000		2,722
Series C	253,500		254
Series D	3,136,668		4,705
Series E	120,000		456

	15,120,168	$	9,007

The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Voting

The holders of any series of redeemable convertible preferred stock will have the same voting rights as a holder of the common stock.

In every vote for the election of directors, each holder of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which such shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock could be converted pursuant to conversion at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote in the election or, if no such record date is established, the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited.

F-21

Dividends

Holders of Series A, B, C, D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.02, $0.0375, $0.10, $0.15 and $0.38 per share, respectively, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, prior to and in preference of any distribution to common stockholders. No dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock or common stock have been declared by the Board of Directors from inception through September 30, 2006 (unaudited).

Liquidation

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, including a merger or consolidation in which its stockholders do not retain a majority of the voting power in the surviving corporation, or a sale of substantially all assets, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed to the holders of Series A, B, C, D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock in an amount per share equal to $0.20, $0.375, $1.00, $1.50 and $3.80, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends of such shares. Then, prior and in preference to any further distribution to the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock, each holder of common stock shall be entitled to receive a maximum of $0.02 per share for each share of common stock then held. Any remaining available assets shall be distributed among the holders of the common stock and the redeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the shares of common stock held by them and the shares of common stock, which they then have the right to acquire upon conversion of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock then held by them.

Should the Company's legally available assets be insufficient to satisfy the liquidation preferences, the funds will be distributed among the then outstanding holders of Series A, B, C, D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock, on an equal priority and pari passu basis according to their liquidation preferences.

Conversion

Each share of Series A, B, C, D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder, according to a conversion ratio of 1 to 1, subject to adjustment for dilution, into the Company's common stock. Each share of Series A, B, C, D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converts into fully paid nonassessable shares of common stock into which such shares are convertible at the then effective conversion ratio upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 covering the offer and sale of common stock for the account of the Company, other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under the Act or to an employee benefit plan of the Company, in which the aggregate public offering price (before deduction of underwriters discounts and commission) equals or exceeds $10,000,000.

NOTE 9—COMMON STOCK

The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 150,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock.

F-22

NOTE 10—STOCK OPTION PLANS

In 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Stock Plan (the "1997 Plan"). The 1997 Plan provides for the granting of stock options and stock purchase rights to employees and consultants of the Company. Options granted under the 1997 Plan may be either incentive stock options ("ISOs") or nonstatutory stock options ("NSOs"). ISOs may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). NSOs may be granted to Company employees and consultants. The Company has reserved 8,450,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 1997 Plan.

In February 2001, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "2000 Plan"). The plan provides for the granting of stock options and stock purchase rights to employees, consultants and directors of the Company. Options granted under the 2000 Plan may be either ISOs or NSOs. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had reserved 3,500,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2000 Plan.

In February 2001, the Company elected to terminate the 1997 Plan. The termination of the 1997 Plan included the provisions that no further options shall be granted under the 1997 Plan. However, the outstanding options and the shares issued upon exercise of the options granted under the 1997 Plan shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the 1997 Plan. All 2,748,298 shares not granted as of the adoption of the 2000 Plan were cancelled.

Options under both the 1997 and 2000 Plans may be granted for periods of up to ten years, however in the case of ISOs granted to an optionee who, at the time the option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term of the option shall be 5 years from the date of grant. The exercise price of an ISO and NSO shall not be less than 100% and 85% of the estimated fair value of the shares as determined by the Board of Directors on the date of grant, respectively, however the exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% stockholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, respectively. To date, the initial options granted to each person generally vest 25% on the first anniversary and subsequent anniversaries of the date of grant.

Stock purchase rights under the 1997 and 2000 Plans may be granted to employees and consultants and gives the grantee the right to purchase common stock at a certain price within a limited period of time. On exercise of a stock purchase right, the Company receives a right to repurchase the Common Stock at the original purchase price, which expires over a vesting period of usually four years.

On April 7, 2004, the Company's board of directors authorized the adoption of the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2004 Plan"). The maximum aggregate number of shares of stock that may be issued under the 2004 Plan is 3,500,000 as of December 31, 2006. This amount automatically increases on April 1, 2006 and each subsequent anniversary through 2014, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) five percent (5%) of the number of shares of stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding March 31, or (b) 1,500,000 shares. The 2004 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards and deferred compensation awards. Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be either ISOs, as defined under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or NSOs. There was no activity under the 2004 Plan in the year ended March 31, 2006 or in the nine month period ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited). In December 2006, the Company's Board of Directors terminated this plan.

On April 7, 2004, the Company's board of directors authorized the adoption of the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan"). The maximum aggregate number of shares of stock that

F-23

may be issued under the Purchase Plan is 500,000. In addition, the Purchase Plan provides for an automatic annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance under the plan on April 1 of each year beginning in 2006 and continuing through 2014 equal to the smallest of (1) one percent of our then outstanding shares of common stock on the immediately preceding March 1, (2) 250,000 shares or (3) a number of shares as our Board may determine. The Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 with the purpose of providing employees with an opportunity to purchase the Company's common stock through accumulated payroll deductions. There was no activity under the Purchase Plan in the year ended March 31, 2006 or in the nine month period ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited). In December 2006, the Company's Board of Directors terminated this plan.

		Shares Available for Grant		Number of Options Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Intrinsic Value
Balance at March 31, 2003		2,108,482		2,990,345			$	2.36
	Options reserved	3,000,000		—				—
	Granted	(1,053,043	)	1,053,043				2.50
	Exercised	—		(439,425	)			0.15	$	1,498,000
	Forfeited	72,400		(92,700	)			4.33

Balance at March 31, 2004		4,127,839		3,511,263				2.63
	Granted	(103,400	)	103,400				4.25
	Exercised	—		(58,800	)			0.85		262,000
	Forfeited	45,725		(49,750	)			3.23

Balance at March 31, 2005		4,070,164		3,506,113				2.70
	Granted	(130,400	)	130,400				4.50
	Exercised	—		(35,936	)			1.27		106,000
	Forfeited	84,414		(97,614	)			3.43

Balance at March 31, 2006		4,024,178		3,502,963				2.76
	Options reserved	500,000		—				—
	Plan terminated	(3,000,000	)	—				—
	Granted (unaudited)	(1,170,169	)	1,170,169				5.53
	Exercised (unaudited)	—		(118,375	)			0.33		597,000
	Forfeited (unaudited)	205,888		(205,888	)			3.92

Balance at December 31, 2006 (unaudited)		559,897		4,348,869			$	3.52

Options vested and exercisable				2,920,999		4.47	$	2.82	$	7,819,451

Options vested and expected to vest				4,269,555		6.01	$	3.49	$	8,647,122

F-24

The options outstanding and by exercise price at March 31, 2006 are as follows:

		Options Outstanding			Options Exercisable
Exercise Price	Number Outstanding	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Number Vested and Exercisable	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$0.04	25,000	$	0.04	1.61	25,000	$	0.04
$0.15	596,500	$	0.15	3.15	596,500	$	0.15
$2.00	790,227	$	2.00	4.02	790,227	$	2.00
$2.10	750,342	$	2.10	7.29	435,859	$	2.10
$3.50-3.80	293,101	$	3.58	6.84	142,672	$	3.66
$4.00	126,800	$	4.00	6.96	81,650	$	4.00
$4.50	114,800	$	4.50	9.38	—		—
$4.70	8,000	$	4.70	7.87	4,000	$	4.70
$5.40	778,193	$	5.40	5.16	772,443	$	5.40
$6.00	20,000	$	6.00	8.00	5,000	$	6.00

	3,502,963				2,853,351

Stock-based compensation

The Company recognized $528,000, $119,000 and $95,000 of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $72,000 (unaudited) and $809,000 (unaudited) for the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, all relating to stock options, as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,						Nine Months Ended December 31,
	2004		2005		2006		2005		2006
							(unaudited)
Cost of revenues	$	74	$	17	$	13	$	10	$	154
Research and development		387		87		70		53		371
Selling, general and administrative		67		15		12		9		284

Total	$	528	$	119	$	95	$	72	$	809

The Company recognized related income tax benefits of $0, $0 and $0 in the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005, 2006 and $0 (unaudited) and $22,000 (unaudited) in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. There were no windfall tax benefits realized from exercised stock options during the nine months ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited). Compensation cost capitalized into inventory at December 31, 2006 was insignificant (unaudited). As of December 31, 2006, the Company's total unrecognized compensation cost was $3.2 million (unaudited), which will be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.25 years (unaudited).

F-25

The Company calculated the fair value of each option grant in the periods presented using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following weighted average assumptions:

	Year Ended March 31,						Nine Months Ended December 31,
	2004		2005		2006		2005		2006
							(unaudited)
Risk-free interest rate	2.97	%	3.43	%	3.99	%	3.99	%	4.63-4.86%
Expected life (in years)	4.48		4.63		4.00		4.00		4.00
Volatility	80	%	75	%	73	%	73	%	69-71%
Dividend yield	0	%	0	%	0	%	0	%	0%

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was $1.53, $2.69 and $2.57 respectively. The weighted average fair value of options granted during the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 was $2.57 (unaudited) and $3.08 (unaudited), respectively.

Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for the awards under a method prescribed by SFAS 123 and amended by SFAS 148 prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company's pro forma net income (loss) would have been (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended March 31,									Nine Months Ended December , 2005
	2004			2005			2006			Nine Months Ended December , 2005
										(unaudited)
Net income (loss), as reported	$	(670	)	$	4,780		$	4,249		$	2,942
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income (loss), net of related tax effects		528			119			95			72
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects		(1,321	)		(1,154	)		(675	)		(545	)

Pro forma net income (loss)	$	(1,463	)	$	3,745		$	3,669		$	2,469

Basic net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders:
As reported	$	(0.12	)	$	0.63		$	0.54		$	0.37

Pro forma	$	(0.25	)	$	0.47		$	0.45		$	0.29

Diluted net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders:
As reported	$	(0.12	)	$	0.21		$	0.19		$	0.13

Pro forma	$	(0.25	)	$	0.16		$	0.16		$	0.11

F-26

NOTE 11—SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131 Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. Based on its operating management and financial reporting structure, the Company has determined that it has one reportable business segment: the design, development and sale of integrated circuits.

The following is a summary of net revenue by geographic area based on the location to which product is shipped (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,						Nine Months Ended December 31,
	2004		2005		2006		2005		2006
							(unaudited)
United States	$	16,051	$	21,998	$	22,299	$	16,945	$	22,363
China		8,077		9,765		5,632		4,485		4,009
Malaysia		6,942		8,759		9,305		7,111		8,782
Rest of the world		4,349		5,214		5,905		4,196		9,026

	$	35,419	$	45,736	$	43,141	$	32,737	$	44,180

All sales are denominated in United States dollars.

The locations and net book value of long-lived assets are as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2005		2006		December 31, 2006
					(unaudited)
United States	$	1,493	$	1,006	$	1,236
Taiwan		217		1,200		1,115

	$	1,710	$	2,206	$	2,351

NOTE 12—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company provides a defined contribution retirement plan (the "Retirement Plan"), which qualifies under Section 408(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1996. The Retirement Plan covers essentially all United States employees. Eligible employees may make contributions to the Retirement Plan up to 15% of their annual compensation, but no greater than the annual IRS limitation for any plan year. The Retirement Plan does not provide for Company contributions.

NOTE 13—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On October 23, 2006, the Company was served with a civil antitrust complaint filed by Reclaim Center, Inc. and other plaintiffs in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company and a number of other semiconductor companies. The complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class of indirect purchasers of SRAM products throughout the United States. The complaint alleges that the defendants conspired to raise the price of SRAM in violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act, the California Cartwright Act, and several other state antitrust, unfair competition and consumer protection statutes. Shortly thereafter, a number of similar complaints were filed by other plaintiffs in various jurisdictions on behalf of purported classes of both direct and

F-27

indirect purchasers. The Company has been served in some but not all of these subsequent actions. Many of these cases have been transferred by the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to the Northern District of California. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the allegations in the complaints, and the Company intends to defend these lawsuits vigorously. However, the litigation is in the preliminary stage and the Company cannot predict its outcome. The litigation process is inherently uncertain. Multidistrict antitrust litigation is particularly complex and can extend for a protracted time which can substantially increase the cost of such litigation. The defense of these lawsuits is also expected to divert the efforts and attention of some of the Company's key management and technical personnel. As a result, the Company's defense of this litigation, regardless of its eventual outcome, will likely be costly and time consuming. Should the outcome of the litigation be adverse to the Company, it could be required to pay significant monetary damages which could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

In December 2006, the Company's Board of Directors and stockholders approved an increase in the number of shares reserved for the issuance of stock options under the 2000 Plan by 500,000 shares. At the same time, the Board of Directors terminated the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

In January 2007, the Company's Board of Directors approved the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, with a reserve of 3,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance thereunder, and the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, with a reserve of 500,000 shares of common stock for issuance thereunder.

F-28

Shares

Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

Joint Book-running Managers
Needham & Company, LLC		WR Hambrecht + Co

Robert W. Baird & Co.
		Stanford Group Company

, 2007

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount payable by the registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the common stock being registered hereby, including the shares offered by the selling stockholders. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market application fee.

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee		$	6,153
NASD filing fee			6,250
Nasdaq Global Market application fee			105,000
Blue sky qualification fees and expenses
Printing and engraving expenses
Legal fees and expenses
Accounting fees and expenses
Director and officer liability insurance
Transfer agent and registrar fees
Miscellaneous expenses

	Total	$

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits indemnification of officers, directors and other corporate agents under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The registrant's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the Registrant shall indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents to the full extent permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law, including in circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware law. In addition, the registrant intends to enter into separate indemnification agreements (Exhibit 10.1) with its directors and officers which would require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status or service (other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature). The registrant also intends to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant's officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1) provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

In the three years prior to the filing of this Registration Statement, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 543,175 shares of common stock to its employees, directors and consultants upon exercise of options granted by the registrant under its 1997 Stock Plan. In calendar years 2006, 2005 and 2004, the registrant issued 129,500, 24,250 and 389,425 shares, respectively, pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the registrant's 1997 Stock Plan. Option exercise prices ranged from $0.15 to $2.00 per share, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.16 per share, in calendar 2006, $0.15 to $2.00 per share, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share, in calendar 2005 and $0.04

II-1

to $2.00 per share, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.22 per share, in calendar 2004. The aggregate proceeds to the registrant from the sale of these shares of its common stock was $138,849.

In the three years prior to the filing of this Registration Statement, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 16,561 shares of common stock to its employees, directors and consultants upon exercise of options granted by the registrant under its 2000 Stock Option Plan. In calendar years 2006, 2005 and 2004, the registrant issued 3,875, 7,686 and 5,000 shares, respectively, pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the registrant's 2000 Stock Option Plan. Option exercise prices ranged from $2.10 to $5.40 per share, with a weighted average exercise price of $5.08 per share, in calendar 2006, $2.10 to $3.50 per share, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.24 per share, in calendar 2005 and $2.10 in calendar 2004. The aggregate proceeds to the registrant from the sale of these shares of its common stock was $47,422.

The sales and issuances of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensation benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a): EXHIBITS.

Exhibit Number		Name of Document
*1.1		Form of Underwriting Agreement
†3.1		Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant
†3.2		Bylaws of Registrant
3.3		Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be filed prior to the offering
3.4		Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective prior to the offering
*4.1		Specimen certificate representing the common stock
*5.1		Opinion of DLA Piper US LLP
†10.1		Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and Registrant's directors and officers
10.2		1997 Stock Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement
10.3		2000 Stock Option Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement
*10.4		2007 Equity Incentive Plan
10.5		2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of Subscription Agreement
†10.6		Building Office Lease for 2360 Owen Street, Santa Clara, California 95054, as amended
10.7		Building Office Lease for No. 1, 6th Floor, 30 Taiyuan Street, Chupei City, Taiwan
†21.1		List of Subsidiaries
23.1		Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
*23.2		Consent of DLA Piper US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
†24.1		Power of Attorney

*: To be filed by subsequent amendment.
†: Previously filed.

II-2

(b): FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

The following schedule is filed hereunder:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

Other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

II-3

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(2) Insofar as indemnification by the registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Santa Clara, State of California, on February 16, 2007.

		GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
		By:	/s/ DOUGLAS M. SCHIRLE Douglas M. Schirle Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date

/s/ LEE-LEAN SHU* Lee-Lean Shu	President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)	February 16, 2007
/s/ DOUGLAS M. SCHIRLE Douglas M. Schirle	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	February 16, 2007
/s/ ROBERT YAU* Robert Yau	Vice President, Engineering, Secretary and Director	February 16, 2007
/s/ HSIANG-WEN CHEN* Hsiang-Wen Chen	Director	February 16, 2007
/s/ RUEY L. LU* Ruey L. Lu	Director	February 16, 2007
/s/ JING RONG TANG* Jing Rong Tang	Director	February 16, 2007

*By:

/s/ DOUGLAS M. SCHIRLE

Douglas M. Schirle
Attorney-in-fact
February 16, 2007

II-4

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Description		Balance at Beginning of Period		Charges to Cost and Expenses		Deductions		Balance at End of Period
		(in thousands)
Year ended March 31, 2006
	Allowance for sales returns, doubtful accounts and other	$	150	$	63	$	—	$	213
	Income tax valuation allowance		—		—		—		—
Year ended March 31, 2005
	Allowance for sales returns, doubtful accounts and other	$	167	$	—	$	17	$	150
	Income tax valuation allowance		1,698		—		1,698		—
Year ended March 31, 2004
	Allowance for sales returns, doubtful accounts and other	$	248	$	—	$	81	$	167
	Income tax valuation allowance		2,480		—		782		1,698

S-1

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number		Name of Document
*1.1		Form of Underwriting Agreement
†3.1		Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant
†3.2		Bylaws of Registrant
3.3		Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be filed prior to the offering
3.4		Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective prior to the offering
*4.1		Specimen certificate representing the common stock
*5.1		Opinion of DLA Piper US LLP
†10.1		Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and Registrant's directors and officers
10.2		1997 Stock Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement
10.3		2000 Stock Option Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement
*10.4		2007 Equity Incentive Plan
10.5		2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of Subscription Agreement
†10.6		Building Office Lease for 2360 Owen Street, Santa Clara, California 95054, as amended
10.7		Building Office Lease for No. 1, 6th Floor, 30 Taiyuan Street, Chupei City, Taiwan
†21.1		List of Subsidiaries
23.1		Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
*23.2		Consent of DLA Piper US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
†24.1		Power of Attorney

*: To be filed by subsequent amendment.
†: Previously filed.

QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
RISK FACTORS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share amounts)
GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except per share amounts)
GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (in thousands, except share amounts)
GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)
GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

SIGNATURES
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
EXHIBIT INDEX

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF
INCORPORATION OF GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

GSI Technology, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware on September 14, 2000 (the "Corporation") certifies as follows:

1. The Corporation's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name "Delaware GSI Technology, Inc."

2. The Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read in full as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is GSI Technology, Inc. (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Corporation").

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Incorporating Services, Ltd., 15 East North Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of the registered agent at that address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

FOURTH: The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated, respectively, "Preferred Stock" and "Common Stock." The total number of shares of all series of Preferred Stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 20,120,168 and the total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 150,000,000. All the authorized shares shall have a par value of $0.001.

The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the certificate or certificates establishing the series of Preferred Stock.

Relative rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock are as follows:

No share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

(A) This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The total number of shares of Common Stock this Corporation is authorized to issue is 150,000,000, par value $0.001 per share, no par value, and the total number of shares of Preferred Stock this corporation is authorized to issue is 20,120,168, $0.001 per share. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 4,350,000 shares and shall be designated "Series A Preferred Stock." The second series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 7,260,000 shares and shall be designated "Series B Preferred Stock." The third series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 253,500 shares and shall be designated "Series C Preferred Stock." The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 3,136,668 shares and shall be designated "Series D Preferred Stock." The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 120,000 shares and shall be designated "Series E Preferred Stock." The remaining Preferred Stock may be issued from

time to time in one or more additional series. The Board of Directors of this Corporation is hereby authorized within the limitations and restrictions stated in these Certificate of Incorporation, to (i) determine or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock other than the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E Preferred Stock, the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them; and (ii) increase or decrease the number of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of any series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution original fixing the number of shares of such series.

(B) The Corporation shall from time to time in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware increase the authorized amount of its Common Stock if at any time the number of shares of Common Stock remaining unissued and available for issuance shall not be sufficient to permit conversion of the Preferred Stock.

The relative rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the respective series of Preferred Stock or the holders thereof are as set forth below.

Section 1: Definition

For purposes of this Article III, the following definitions shall apply:

1.1 "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.2 "Corporation" shall mean this corporation.

1.3 "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.

1.4 "Common Stock Dividend" shall mean a stock dividend declared and paid on the Common Stock that is payable in shares of Common Stock.

1.5 "Dividend Rate" shall mean $0.02 per share per annum for the Series A Preferred stock; $0.0375 per share per annum for the Series B Preferred Stock; $0.10 per share per annum for the Series C Preferred Stock; $0.15 per share per annum for the Series D Preferred Stock; and $0.38 per share per annum for the Series E Preferred Stock.

1.6 "Original Issue Price" shall mean $0.20 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock; $0.375 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock; $1.00 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock; $1.50 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock; and $3.80 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock.

1.7 "Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock.

1.8 "Series A Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.

1.9 "Series B Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.

1.10 "Series C Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.

1.11 "Series D Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.

1.12 "Series E Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.

Section 2: Dividend Preferences.

2.1 Noncumulative Dividends. In each calendar year, the holders of the then outstanding Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when as and if declared by the Board, out of any funds and assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, noncumulative dividends at the annual Dividend Rate for such series of Preferred Stock, prior and in preference to the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock in such calendar year (other than a Common Stock Dividend). No dividend (other than a Common Stock Dividend) shall be paid, with respect to the Common Stock during any calendar year unless dividends in the total amount of the annual Dividend Rate for each series of Preferred Stock shall have first been paid or declared and set apart for payment to the holders of such series of Preferred Stock during that calendar year. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis among all holders of all series of Preferred Stock according to their respective dividend preferences as set forth herein. Dividends on the Preferred Stock shall not be mandatory or cumulative, and no rights or interest shall accrue to the holders of the Preferred Stock in the amount of the annual Dividend Rate for such series of Preferred Stock or in any other amount in any calendar year or any fiscal year of the Corporation, whether or not the earnings of the Corporation in any calendar or fiscal year were sufficient to pay such dividends in whole or in part.

2.2 No Participation Rights. If, after dividends in the full preferential amount specified in this Section 2 for the Preferred Stock have been paid or declared and set apart in any calendar year of the Corporation, the Board shall declare additional dividends out of funds legally available therefor in that calendar year, then such additional dividends shall be declared solely on the Common Stock.

2.3 Non-Cash Dividends. Whenever a dividend provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board.

Section 3: Voting Rights.

3.1 Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share thereof held.

3.2 Preferred Stock. In every vote for the election of directors, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 below at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote in the election or, if no such record date is established, the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited.

Section 4: Liquidation Preference.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and assets of the Corporation that may be legally distributed to the Corporation's stockholders (the "Available Funds and Assets") shall be distributed to stockholders in the following manner.

4.1 Preferred Stock. The holders of each share of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any share of Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price of such series of Preferred Stock plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such share of such series of Preferred Stock. If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Available Funds and

Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of such series of Preferred Stock of their full preferential amount described in this subsection, then all of the remaining Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Preferred Stock pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, according to their respective liquidation preferences as set forth herein.

4.2 Common Stock. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, and subject to the payment in full of the liquidation preferences with respect to the Preferred Stock as provided in Sections 4.1, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any further distribution of any of the Available Funds and Assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Preferred Stock, the amount of $0.02 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares) for each share of Common Stock then held by them and no more. Subject to the payment in full of the liquidation preferences with respect to the Preferred Stock as provided in Section 4.1, if upon the occurrence of such event, the remaining Available Funds and Assets thus distributed among the holders of the Common Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire remaining Available Funds and Assets available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the shares of Common Stock then held by them.

4.3 Participation. If there are any Available Funds and Assets remaining after the payment or distribution (or the setting aside for payment or distribution) to the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock of their full preferential amounts described above in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, then all such remaining Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed among the holders of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock in proportion to the shares of Common Stock held by them and the shares of Common Stock which they then have the right to acquire upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock then held by them.

4.4 Merger or Sale of Assets. For purposes of this Section 4, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, a merger or consolidation of the Corporation in which its stockholders do not retain a majority of the voting power in the surviving corporation, or a sale of substantially all assets.

4.5 Non-Cash Consideration. In any of the events set forth in Section 4.4, if the consideration received by this Corporation is other than cash or indebtedness, its value, for purposes of payment of liquidation preferences, will be deemed to be its fair market value as determined by the Board, except that any securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

(a) The method of valuation of securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability shall be as follows:

(i) if the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market System (or a similar national quotation system), then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the 30 day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; and

(ii) if actively traded over-the-counter, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30 day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such merger, consolidation or sale; and

(iii) if there is no active public market, then the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

(b) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as

above in subparagraphs (a)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this subSection to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

Section 5: Conversions.

The outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Common Stock as follows:

5.1 Optional Conversion.

(a) At the option of the holder thereof, each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at any time or from time to time prior to the close of business on the business day before any date fixed for redemption of such share, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as provided herein.

(b) Each holder of Preferred Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Preferred Stock being converted. Thereupon, the Corporation shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

5.2 Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, as provided herein immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation, other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under the Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation, in which the aggregate public offering price (before deduction of underwriters' discounts and commissions) equals or exceeds $10,000,000.

5.3 Conversion Price. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible in accordance with Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 above into the number of shares of Common Stock which results from dividing the Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock by the conversion price for such series of Preferred Stock that is in effect at the time of conversion (the "Conversion Price"). The initial Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be the Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock. The Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided below.

5.4 Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon any conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holders would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay to such holder cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock, whichever applies.

(a) Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that he elects to convert the same. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid, a check payable to such holder in the amount of any

cash amounts payable as a result of the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock into fractional shares of Common Stock. In addition, if less than all of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate are converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 5.1, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder a new certificate for the balance of the shares of Preferred Stock not so converted. Except as provided in Section 5.2 such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(b) If the conversion is automatically triggered by a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof, the conversion shall be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriter of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. Notice of such conversion shall be given by the Corporation by mail, postage prepaid, to the holders of the Preferred Stock at their addresses shown in the Corporation's records, within a reasonable time after the closing date of the sale of such securities. On or after the closing date of the sale of such securities as specified in such notice, each holder of Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such holder's shares of Preferred Stock for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid, and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as a result of the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock into fractional shares of Common Stock, and the amount of any declared and unpaid dividends on the converted Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding that any certificate representing the Preferred Stock to be converted shall not have been surrendered, each holder of such Preferred Stock shall thereafter be treated for all purposes as the record holder of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable to such holder upon such conversion.

5.5 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Certain Diluting Issues.

(i) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5.5, the following definitions apply:

(1) "Options" shall mean rights, options, or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock, Preferred Stock, or Convertible Securities (defined below).

(2) "Convertible Securities" shall mean any evidence of indebtedness, shares (other than Common Stock and Preferred Stock) or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(3) "Original Issue Date" shall mean the date on which a share of Series E Preferred Stock was issued.

(4) "Additional Shares of Common Stock" shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation after the date on which a share of Series E Preferred Stock was first issued, other than shares of Common Stock issued or issuable:

(a) upon conversion of shares of any series of Preferred Stock;

(b) to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to stock option or stock purchase plans or agreements on terms approved by the Board of Directors, subject to adjustment for all subdivision and combinations.

(d) upon exercise or conversion of outstanding options or warrants, respectively;

(e) for which adjustment of the Conversion Price is made pursuant to Sections 5.6 and 5.7, or

(f) to financial institutions or other person in connection with acquisition of equipment lease or debt financing for the Corporation.

(i) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issue.

(ii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities then entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein designed to protect against dilution) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options for Convertible Securities or for any series of Preferred Stock, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or such series of Preferred Stock, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

(1) no further adjustments in the Conversation Price for any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of such Convertible Securities, or a series of Preferred Stock or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or such series of Preferred Stock,

(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or decrease or increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be computed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities (provided, however, that no such adjustment of the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall affect Common Stock previously issued upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock);

(3) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence

of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(A) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock the only Additional Shares of Common Stock issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange and

(B) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities or a series of Preferred Stock, only the Convertible Securities or such series of Preferred Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or nor exercised, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 5.5) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities or such series of Preferred Stock with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;

(4) no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (a) Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock on the original adjustment date, or (b) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

(5) in the case of any Options which expire by their terms not more than 30 days after the date of issue thereof, no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made until the expiration or exercise of all such Options, whereupon such adjustment shall be made in the same manner provided in clause (3) above.

(iii) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event this Corporation, at any time after the Original Issue Date shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 5.5(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price with respect to any series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issuance, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued. For the purpose of the above calculation, the number of shares of Common Stock

outstanding immediately prior to such issue shall be calculated on a fully diluted basis, as if all shares of such series of Preferred Stock and all convertible securities had been fully converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such issuance and any outstanding warrants, options or other rights for the purchase of shares of stock or Convertible Securities had been fully exercised immediately prior to such issuance (and the resulting securities fully converted into shares of Common Stock, if so convertible) as of such date.

(iv) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 5.5, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(1) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

(A) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends;

(B) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(C) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (A) and (B) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(2) Options and Convertible Securities. The considerations per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 5.5(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities shall be determined by dividing:

(A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against dilution) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities or any series Preferred Stock, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities or such series Preferred Stock and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or such series Preferred Stock by

(B) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against the dilution) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

5.6 Adjustments for Dividends, Distributions, Subdivisions, Combinations or Consolidation of Common Stock.

(i) Stock Dividends, Distributions or Subdivisions. In the event the Corporation shall issue additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to a stock dividend, stock distribution or subdivision on shares of Common at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such stock dividend, stock distribution or subdivision shall concurrently with such stock

dividend, stock distribution or subdivision, be proportionately decreased based on the ratio of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after stock dividend, stock distribution or subdivision to (2) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such stock dividend, stock distribution or subdivision.

(ii) Combinations or Consolidation. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination or consolidation shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately increased based on the ratio of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such combination or consolidation to (2) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such combination or consolidation.

5.7 Adjustment for Reorganizations, Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. If at any time or from time to time there shall be a capital reorganization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination, reclassification or exchange of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 5) or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into other Corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation's properties and assets to any other person, then, as a part of and as a condition to the effectiveness of such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale, lawful and adequate provision shall be made so that if the Corporation is not the surviving Corporation, each series Preferred Stock shall be converted into preferred stock of the surviving Corporation having equivalent preferences, rights and privileges except that in lieu of being able to convert into shares of Common Stock of the Corporation or the successor Corporation, the holders of each series of Preferred Stock (including any such preferred stock issued upon conversion of the preferred stock) shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such series Preferred Stock (as the case may be) (including any such preferred stock issued upon conversion of such series Preferred Stock) the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or the successor Corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or sale to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to the capital reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale would have been entitled on such capital reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale. In any such case, appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock (including any such preferred stock issued upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock (as the case may be) after the reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale that the provisions of this Section 4 (including without limitation, provisions for adjustment of the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock or such preferred stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, with respect to any shares of stock, securities or assets to be deliverable thereafter upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock or such preferred stock.

5.8 No Impairment. The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issuance or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of each series of Preferred Stock against impairment.

5.9 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment

or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of a series Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (1) all such adjustments and readjustments since the original date of issue of any shares of the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.

FIFTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A.: The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.
B.: The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.
C.: On and after the closing date of the first sale of the Corporation's Common Stock pursuant to a firmly underwritten registered public offering (the "IPO"), any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Prior to the IPO, unless otherwise provided by law, any action which may otherwise be taken at any meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a written consent describing such actions is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
D.: Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption).

SIXTH:

A.: The number of directors shall initially be set at five (5) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, a vacancy resulting from the removal of a director by the stockholders as provided in Article SIXTH, Section C below may be filled at a special meeting of the stockholders held for that purpose. All directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders, and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation, or removal of any director.
B.: Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation or other cause (other than removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled

only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires, and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation, or removal of any director. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

C.: Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the stockholders as provided in Article SIXTH, Section A above. Directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders, and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation, or removal of any director.

SEVENTH: The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any resolution providing for adoption, amendment or repeal is presented to the Board). The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders shall require, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66²/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

EIGHTH: A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for an act related to an unlawful stock repurchase, redemption or payment of dividend, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article EIGHTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

NINTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66²/3% of the voting

power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article NINTH, Article FIFTH, Article SIXTH, Article SEVENTH or Article EIGHTH.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate to be signed by a duly authorized officer on this day of , 2007.

		GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
		By:	Douglas Schirle, Chief Financial Officer

QuickLinks

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF
GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)

ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the President or the Chief Executive Officer.

1.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at the time and place to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. In lieu of holding an annual meeting of stockholders at a designated place, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any annual meeting of stockholders may be held solely by means of remote communication.

1.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board may fix. In lieu of holding a special meeting of stockholders at a designated place, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any special meeting of stockholders may be held solely by means of remote communication. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings. Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation). The notice of any meeting shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

Notice to stockholders may be given by personal delivery, mail, or, with the consent of the stockholder entitled to receive notice, by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission. If mailed, such notice shall be delivered by postage prepaid envelope directed to each stockholder at such stockholder's address as it appears in the records of the Corporation and shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail. Notice given by electronic transmission pursuant to this subsection shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a facsimile telecommunication number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by personal delivery, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder if waived by such stockholder either in a writing signed by such stockholder or by electronic transmission, whether such waiver is given before or after such meeting is held. If such a waiver is given by electronic transmission, the electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

1.5 Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. This list shall determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

1.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to all stockholders entitled to vote thereat, stating that it will be held with those present constituting a quorum, then except as otherwise required by law, those present at such adjourned meeting shall constitute a quorum, and all matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

1.7 Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the Chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as Secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time, and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, if any, date, and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for him by written proxy executed by the stockholder or his authorized agent or by a transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. No stockholder may authorize more than one proxy for his shares. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable

reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

1.9 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election, and all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of each such class present or represented and voting affirmatively or negatively on the matter) shall decide such matter, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballot shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting. The corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

1.10 Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, it must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder proposal to be presented at an annual meeting shall be received at the corporation's principal executive offices not less than 120 calendar days in advance of the first anniversary of the date that the corporation's (or the corporation's predecessor's) proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with the previous year's annual meeting of stockholders, except that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 calendar days earlier than the date contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, notice by the stockholders to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which the date of the annual meeting is publicly announced. "Public announcement" for purposes hereof shall have the meaning set forth in Article II, Section 2.15(c) of these Bylaws. In no event shall the public announcement at an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.

A stockholder's notice to the Secretary of the corporation shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual or special meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the business is being brought, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by the

stockholder and such other beneficial owner, and (iv) any material interest of the stockholder and such other beneficial owner in such business.

1.11 Conduct of Business. At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or, in his or her absence, the President, or, in his or her absence, such other person as may be appointed by the Board of Directors, shall act as Chairman. The Secretary of the corporation or a person designated by the Chairman of the meeting shall act as Secretary of the meeting. Unless otherwise approved by the Chairman of the meeting, attendance at the stockholders' meeting is restricted to stockholders of record, persons authorized in accordance with Section 1.8 of these Bylaws to act by proxy, and officers of the corporation.

The Chairman of the meeting shall call the meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in accordance therewith or, at the Chairman's discretion, it may be conducted otherwise in accordance with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

The Chairman shall also conduct the meeting in an orderly manner, rule on the precedence of, and procedure on, motions and other procedural matters, and exercise discretion with respect to such procedural matters with fairness and good faith toward all those entitled to take part. Without limiting the foregoing, the chairman may (a) restrict attendance at any time to bona fide stockholders of record and their proxies and other persons in attendance at the invitation of the presiding officer or Board of Directors, (b) restrict use of audio or video recording devices at the meeting, and (c) impose reasonable limits on the amount of time taken up at the meeting on discussion in general or on remarks by any one stockholder. Should any person in attendance become unruly or obstruct the meeting proceedings, the Chairman shall have the power to have such person removed from participation. Notwithstanding anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 and Section 1.10 above. The Chairman of a meeting shall if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that any proposed item of business was not brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11 and Section 1.10, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

1.12 Stockholder Action Without Meeting. Effective upon the closing of the corporation's initial public offering of its common stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. At all times prior to the closing of the corporation's initial public offering of its common stock, any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 1.12, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed

to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

1.13 Meetings by Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.2 Number and Term of Office. The number of directors shall initially be five (5) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). All directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.

2.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (including removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2.4 Resignation. Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the President, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.5 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the

outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

2.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or two or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

2.8 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by (i) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (ii) sending a facsimile, or delivering written notice by hand, to his last known business or home address at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

2.9 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication. Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.10 Quorum. A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event one or more of the directors shall be disqualified to vote at any meeting, then the required quorum shall be reduced by one for each such director so disqualified; provided, however, that in no case shall less than ¹/3 of the number so fixed constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

2.11 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.13 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, with such lawfully delegated

powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

2.14 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

2.15 Nomination of Director Candidates

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of Directors at an annual meeting may be made by (i) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors generally who complies with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw and who is a stockholder of record at the time notice is delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. Any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors generally may nominate one or more persons for election as Directors at an annual meeting only if timely notice of such stockholder's intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder nomination for a director to be elected at an annual meeting shall be received at the corporation's principal executive offices not less than 120 calendar days in advance of the first anniversary of the date that the corporation's (or the corporation's predecessor's) proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with the previous year's annual meeting of stockholders, except that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been advanced by more than 30 calendar days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, notice by the stockholders to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Each such notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination, of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and of the person or persons to be nominated; (ii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of Directors on the date of such notice and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder or such beneficial owner and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (iv) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board of Directors; and (v) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the corporation if so elected. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or

postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above. Notwithstanding the third sentence of this Section 2.15(a), in the event that the number of Directors to be elected at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date that the corporation's (or its predecessor's) proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with the previous year's annual meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this Section 2.15(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(b) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the corporation's notice of meeting by (i) or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder of the corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as are specified in the corporation's notice of meeting, if the stockholder's notice as required by paragraph (a) of this Bylaw shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 70th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.

(c) For purposes of these Bylaws, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act").

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(e) Only persons nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15 shall be eligible to serve as directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15 and (b) if any proposed nomination was not made in compliance with this Section 2.15, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded.

(f) If the Chairman of the meeting for the election of Directors determines that a nomination of any candidate for election as a Director at such meeting was not made in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 2.15, such nomination shall be void; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 2.15 shall be deemed to limit any voting rights

upon the occurrence of dividend arrearages provided to holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to the Preferred Stock designation for any series of Preferred Stock.

ARTICLE III
OFFICERS

3.1 Enumeration. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2 Election. Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

3.6 Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, and, if he is a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.7 President. The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of President or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the Chairman of the Board, perform all duties of the Chairman of the Board and preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of stockholders. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. He or she shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board.

3.8 Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

3.9 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.10 Chief Financial Officer. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. In addition, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of chief financial officer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to maintain the financial records of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

3.11 Salaries. Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.12 Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock. Unless otherwise voted by the stockholders and subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Certificates of Stock. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares; provided, however, that no such resolution shall apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock of the corporation represented by certificates, and, upon request, any holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the

Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3 Transfers. Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent (or dissent) to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE V
GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person's duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.

5.4 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the corporation, in person or proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this corporation may possess by reason of this corporation's ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization.

5.5 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

5.8 Pronouns. All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

5.9 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented

to receive notice; (2) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (5) if by mail, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

5.10 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the corporation, including reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

5.11 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

5.12 Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

5.13 Annual Report. For so long as the corporation has fewer than 100 holders of record of its shares, the mandatory requirement of an annual report under Section 1501 of the California Corporations Code is hereby expressly waived.

ARTICLE VI
AMENDMENTS

6.1 By the Board of Directors. Except as is otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

6.2 By the Stockholders. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two thirds percent (66²/3%) of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative ("proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than

said Law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 7.2 of this Article VII, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, unless the Delaware General Corporation Law then so prohibits, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.

7.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.1 is not paid in full by the corporation within 90 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

7.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the corporation.

7.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.5 Indemnification Contracts. The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,

trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VII.

7.6 Insurance. The corporation may maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

7.7 Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII by the stockholders and the directors of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY
OF
GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)

I, Robert Yau, the Secretary of GSI Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), hereby certify that the Amended and Restated Bylaws to which this Certificate is attached are the Bylaws of the Corporation.

Executed effective on the day of February, 2007.

Robert Yau, Secretary

QuickLinks

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC. (a Delaware corporation)
ARTICLE I STOCKHOLDERS
ARTICLE II BOARD OF DIRECTORS
ARTICLE III OFFICERS
ARTICLE IV CAPITAL STOCK
ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS
ARTICLE VI AMENDMENTS
ARTICLE VII INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC. (a Delaware corporation)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.2

GIGA SEMICONDUCTOR, INC.

1997 STOCK PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants of the Company and any Subsidiaries and to promote the success of the Company's business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) "Administrator" means the Board or any of its Committees appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) "Board" means he Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) "Committee" means a Committee appointed by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(e) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company.

(f) "Company" means GIGA SEMICONDUCTOR, INC., a California corporation.

(g) "Consultant" means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, and any Director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not. If the Company registers any class of any equity security pursuant to the Exchange Act, the term Consultant shall thereafter not include Directors who are not compensated for their services or are paid only a Director's fee by the Company.

(h) "Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant" means that the employment or consulting relationship with the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary is not interrupted or terminated. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. A leave of absence approved by the Company shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed 90 days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract, including Company policies. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 91st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(i) "Director" means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(j) "Employee" means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. The payment of a Director's fee by the Company shall not be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.

(k) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(l) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.'s National Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination and reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is quoted on a Nasdaq market (but not on the Nasdaq National Market) or regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(m) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(n) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(o) "Officer" means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(p) "Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(q) "Optioned Stock" means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

(r) "Optionee" means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

(s) "Parent" means a "parent corporation" whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(t) "Plan" means this 1997 Stock Plan.

(u) "Restricted Stock" means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 4 below.

(v) "Share" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.

(w) "Stock Purchase Right" means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

(x) "Subsidiary" means a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be subject to option and sold under the Plan is 8,450,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, and the original purchaser of such Shares did not receive any benefits of ownership of such Shares, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. For purposes of the preceding sentence, voting rights shall not be considered a benefit of Share ownership.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Initial Plan Procedure. Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board.

(b) Plan Procedure After the Date, if any, upon Which the Company becomes Subject to the Exchange Act.

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. If permitted by Rule 16b-3, the Plan may be administered by different bodies with respect to Directors, Officers and Employees who are neither Directors nor Officers.

(ii) Administration With Respect to Directors and Officers. With respect to grants of Options and Stock Purchase Rights to Employees who are also Officers or Directors of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board if the Board may administer the Plan in compliance with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor thereto ("Rule 16b-3") with respect to a plan intended to qualify thereunder as a discretionary plan, or (B) a Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to permit the Plan to comply with Rule 16b-3 with respect to a plan intended to qualify thereunder as a discretionary plan. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Rule 16b-3 with respect to a plan intended to qualify thereunder as a discretionary plan.

(iii) Administration With Respect to Other Employees and Consultants. With respect to grants of Options and Stock Purchase Rights to Employees or Consultants who are neither Directors nor Officers of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the legal requirements relating to the administration of incentive stock option plans, if any, of California corporate and securities laws, of the Code, and of any applicable stock exchange (the "Applicable Laws"). Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws.

(c) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, including the approval, if required, of any stock exchange

upon which the Common Stock is listed, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(l) of the Plan;

(ii) to select the Consultants and Employees to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Options and Stock Purchase Rights or any combination thereof are granted hereunder;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

(v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions of any award granted hereunder;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under subsection 9(f) instead of Common Stock;

(viii) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Option has declined since the date the Option was granted; and

(ix) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan.

(d) Effect of Administrator's Decision. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees and any other holders of any Options or Stock Purchase Rights.

5. Eligibility.

(a) Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Option or Stock Purchase Right may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Options or Stock Purchase Rights.

(b) Each Option shall be designated in the written option agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to an Optionee's Incentive Stock Options granted by the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary, which become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(c) Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuation of his or her employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company's right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

(d) Upon the Company or a successor corporation issuing any class of common equity securities required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or upon the Plan being assumed by a corporation having a class of common equity securities required to be registered

under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the following limitations shall apply to grants of Options and Stock Purchase Rights to Employees:

(i) No Employee shall be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, Options and Stock Purchase Rights to purchase more than 1,000,000 Shares.

(ii) The foregoing limitation shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company's capitalization as described in Section 12.

(iii) If an Option or Stock Purchase Right is canceled in the same fiscal year of the Company in which it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in Section 12), the canceled Option shall be counted against the limit set forth in Section 5(d)(i). For this purpose, if the exercise price of an Option is reduced, such reduction will be treated as a cancellation of the Option and the grant of a new Option.

6. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the shareholders of the Company, as described in Section 18 of the Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option. The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(a) The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

(A) granted to a person who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

(B) granted to any other person, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the

aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and a broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

9. Exercise of Option.

(a) Procedure for Exercise: Rights as a Shareholder. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee, and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan, but in no case at a rate of less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Option is granted.

An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) hereof. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly upon exercise of the Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 hereof.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship. In the event of termination of an Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant (but not in the event of an Optionee's change of status from Employee to Consultant (in which case an Employee's Incentive Stock Option shall automatically covert [sic] to a Nonstatutory Stock Option on the ninety-first (91st) day following such change of status) or from Consultant to Employee), such Optionee may, but only within such period of time as is determined by the Administrator (which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days), with such determination in the case of an Incentive Stock Option not exceeding three (3) months after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise his or her Option to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(c) Disability of Optionee. In the event of termination of an Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of his or her disability, the Optionee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the date of such termination (and in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. If such disability is not a "disability" as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such Incentive Stock Option shall automatically cease to be treated as an Incentive

Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one day following such termination. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(d) Death of 0ptionee. In the event of the death of an Optionee, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant) by the Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option on the date of death. If, at the time of death, the Optionee was not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If, after the Optionee's death, the Optionee's estate or a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(e) Rule 16b-3. Options granted to persons subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act must comply with Rule 16b-3 and shall contain such additional conditions or restrictions as may be required thereunder to qualify for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to Plan transactions.

(f) Buyout Provisions. The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

10. Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights. Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

11. Stock Purchase Rights.

(a) Rights to Purchase. Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser's employment with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine, but in no case at a rate of less than 20% per year over five years from the date of purchase.

(b) Other Provisions. The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock purchase agreements need not be the same with respeption [sic] shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine, but in no case at a rate of less than 20% per year over five years from the date of purchase.

(c) Other Provisions. The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock purchase agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

(d) Rights as a Shareholder. Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

12. Adjustments Upon Changes in-Capitalization or Merger.

(a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number of Shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee at least fifteen (15) days prior to such proposed action. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation. If, in such event, an Option or Stock Purchase Right is not assumed or substituted, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate as of the date of the closing of the merger. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger, the Option or Stock Purchase Right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if the holders are offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares). If such consideration received in the merger is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger.

13. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights. The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of any Optionee under any grant theretofore made, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or with Section 422 of the Code (or any other applicable law or regulation, including the requirements of the NASD or an established stock exchange), the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination. Any such amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options or Stock Purchase Rights already granted, and such Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person exercising such Option or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

16. Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

17. Agreements. Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by written agreements in such form as the Administrator shall approve from time to time.

18. Shareholder Approval. Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under applicable state and federal law and the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed.

19. Information to Optionees and Purchasers. The Company shall provide to each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements. The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company ensure their access to equivalent information.

GIGA SEMICONDUCTOR, INC

1997 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 1997 Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

I.: NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Optionee:

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

Date of Grant (Month/Date/Year)

Vesting Commencement Date

Exercise Price per Share	$

Total Number of Shares Granted

Total Exercise Price	$

Type of Option:	X	Incentive Stock Option

		Nonstatutory Stock Option

Term/Expiration Date:	The date 10 years after the Date of Option Grant

Vesting Schedule:

This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

25% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest twelve months after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 25% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each year thereafter on the anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.

Termination Period:

This Option may be exercised for 90 days after termination of your employment or consulting relationship, or such longer period as may be applicable upon death or disability of Optionee as provided in the Plan. In the event that your status with the Company Changes from that of Employee to Consultant or Consultant to Employee, this Option Agreement shall remain in effect. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

II.: AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. GIGA SEMICONDUCTOR, INC., a California corporation (the "Company"), hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the "Optionee"), an option (the "Option") to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the "Shares") set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the "Exercise Price") subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the 1997 Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option ("ISO"), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option ("NSO").

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. In the event of Optionee's death, disability or other termination of the employment or consulting relationship, this Option shall be exercisable in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by written notice (in the form attached as Exhibit A) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder's investment intent with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

No shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Optionee's Representations. In the event the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, and shall read the applicable rules of the Commissioner of Corporations attached to such investment Representation Statement.

4. Method of Payment. Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company which (A) in the case of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Company option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Scares as to which the Option is being exercised; or

(d) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the Exercise Price.

5. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any

applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations ("Regulation G") as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.

6. Termination of Relationship. In the event an Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant terminates, Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the "Termination Date"), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set out in the Notice of Grant. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of such termination, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

7. Disability of Optionee. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6 above, in the event of termination of an Optionee's consulting relationship or Continuous Status as an Employee as a result of his or her disability, Optionee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the date of such termination (and in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination; provided, however, that if such disability is not a "disability" as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option on the day three months and one day following such termination. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

8. Death of Optionee. In the event of termination of Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of the death of Optionee, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant), by Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent the Optionee could exercise the Option at the date of death.

9. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

10. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option. The limitations set out in Section 7 of the Plan regarding Options designated as Incentive Stock Options and Options granted to more than ten percent (10%) shareholders shall apply to this Option.

11. Tax Consequences. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of some of the federal and California tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Exercise of ISO. If this Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal income tax liability or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative maximum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

(b) Exercise of ISO Following Disability. If the Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant terminates as a result of disability that is not total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, to the extent permitted on the date of termination, the Optionee must exercise an ISO within 90 days of such termination for the ISO to be qualified as an ISO.

(c) Exercise of Nonstatutory Stock Option. There may be a regular federal income tax liability and California income tax liability upon the exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(d) Disposition of Shares. In the case of an NSO, if Shares are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes. In the case of an ISO, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within such one-year period or within two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (1) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (2) the sale price of the Shares.

(e) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

12. Entire Agreement: Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee's interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by California law except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws.

		GIGA SEMICONDUCTOR, INC. a California corporation
		By:
		Name:		Lee-Lean Shu

		Title:		President & CEO

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY'S 1997 STOCK PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE'S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

Dated:
				Optionee
				Residence Address:

QuickLinks

Exhibit 10.2

1997 STOCK PLAN
GIGA SEMICONDUCTOR, INC 1997 STOCK PLAN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.3

GIGA SEMICONDUCTOR, INC.
2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

1.1 Establishment. The Giga Semiconductor, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is hereby established effective as of , 2000 (the "Effective Date").

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its shareholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the shareholders of the Company.

2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, "Board" also means such Committee(s).

(b) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) "Committee" means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(d) "Company" means Giga Semiconductor, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(e) "Consultant" means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(f) "Director" means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

(g) "Disability" means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee's position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.

(h) "Employee" means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual's employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual's rights, if any, under the Plan as of the time of the Company's determination, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination.

(i) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

(k) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(l) "Insider" means an Officer, a Director of the Company or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(m) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) "Officer" means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(o) "Option" means a right to purchase Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(p) "Option Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. An Option Agreement may consist of a form of "Notice of Grant of Stock Option" and a form of "Stock Option Agreement" incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms as the Board may approve from time to time.

(q) "Optionee" means a person who has been granted one or more Options.

(r) "Parent Corporation" means any present or future "parent corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(s) "Participating Company" means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(t) "Participating Company Group" means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(u) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(v) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(w) "Service" means an Optionee's employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. An Optionee's Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee's Service. Furthermore, an Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee's right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee's Option Agreement. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee's Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

(x) "Stock" means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(y) "Subsidiary Corporation" means any present or future "subsidiary corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(z) "Ten Percent Owner Optionee" means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise

indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term "or" is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. ADMINISTRATION.

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;

(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.5 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be three million five hundred thousand (3,500,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee's exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. However, except as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2, in no event shall more than three million five hundred thousand (3,500,000) shares of Stock be available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (the "ISO Share Issuance Limit"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations ("Section 260.140.45"), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Options (together with options outstanding under any other stock option plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the shareholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options, in the ISO Share Issuance Limit set forth in Section 4.1, and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the "New Shares"), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to,

and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. ELIGIBILITY AND OPTION LIMITATIONS.

5.1 Persons Eligible for Options. Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, "Employees," "Consultants" and "Directors" shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationship with the Participating Company Group. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Option, or, having been granted an Option, to be granted an additional Option.

5.2 Option Grant Restrictions. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.

5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, (b) the exercise price per share for a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (c) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall

have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company, and (d) with the exception of an Option granted to an Officer, a Director or a Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the Optionee's continued Service. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a "Cashless Exercise"), (iv) provided that the Optionee is an Employee (unless otherwise not prohibited by law, including, without limitation, any regulation promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and in the Company's sole discretion at the time the Option is exercised, by delivery of the Optionee's promissory note in a form approved by the Company for the aggregate exercise price, provided that, if the Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware, the Optionee shall pay in cash that portion of the aggregate exercise price not less than the par value of the shares being acquired, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by approval of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitation on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock. Unless

otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another Option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

(iii) Payment by Promissory Note. No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law. Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine. The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Optionee to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option or with other collateral acceptable to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company's securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.

6.4 Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group's tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.

6.5 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

6.6 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of an Option and set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee's termination

of Service only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section 6.6 and thereafter shall terminate:

(i) Disability. If the Optionee's Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option's term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the "Option Expiration Date").

(ii) Death. If the Optionee's Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee's death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee's termination of Service.

(iii) Termination After Change in Control. The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Option Agreement that if the Optionee's Service ceases as a result of "Termination After Change in Control" (as defined in such Option Agreement), then (1) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (2) the exercisability and vesting of the Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof shall be accelerated effective as of the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated to such extent, if any, as shall have been determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company and the other party to the transaction constituting a Change in Control agree to treat such transaction as a "pooling-of-interests" for accounting purposes and it is determined that the provisions or operation of this Section 6.6(a)(iii) would preclude treatment of such transaction as a "pooling-of-interests" and provided further that in the absence of the preceding sentence such transaction would be treated as a "pooling-of-interests," then this Section 6.6(a)(iii) shall be without force or effect, and the vesting and exercisability of the Option shall be determined under any other applicable provision of the Plan or the Option Agreement evidencing such Option.

(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee's Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Termination After Change in Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 10 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

6.7 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

7. STANDARD FORMS OF OPTION AGREEMENT.

7.1 Option Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Option Agreement approved by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

7.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

8. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

8.1 Definitions.

(a) An "Ownership Change Event" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the "Transferee"), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Options. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the "Acquiring Corporation"), may, without the consent of any Optionee, either assume the Company's rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation's stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding Options in connection with a Change in Control, the exercisability and vesting of each such outstanding Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof held by Optionees whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be accelerated, effective as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control, to such extent, if any, as shall have been determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option. The exercise or vesting of any Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 and the provisions of such Option Agreement shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the outstanding Options immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the outstanding Options shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

9. PROVISION OF INFORMATION.

At least annually, copies of the Company's balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Furthermore, the Company shall deliver to each Optionee such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

10. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW.

The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or

regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

11. TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN.

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company's shareholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company's shareholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Option unless expressly provided by the Board. In any event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

12. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL.

The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the "Authorized Shares") shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to shareholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the shareholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of shareholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

(the "Optionee") has been granted an option (the "Option") to purchase certain shares of Stock of GSI Technology, Inc. pursuant to the GSI Technology, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), as follows:

Date of Option Grant:

Number of Option Shares:

Exercise Price:	$	per share

Initial Vesting Date:	The date one (1) year after

Option Expiration Date:	The date ten (10) years after the Date of Option Grant.
Tax Status of Option:	Incentive Stock Option. (Enter "Incentive" or "Nonstatutory." If blank, this Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.)
Vested Shares: Except as provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Number of Option Shares by the "*Vested Ratio*" determined as of such date as follows:

		Vested Ratio
Prior to Initial Vesting Date		0
On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Optionee's Service has not terminated prior to such date		¹/4
Plus:
For each full 12 months of the Optionee's continuous Service from Initial Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals ¹/1, an additional		¹/4

By their signatures below, the Company and the Optionee agree that the Option is governed by this Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Optionee acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Optionee has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.		OPTIONEE:
By:

	Lee-Lean Shu	Signature
Its:	President & CEO	Date

Address:	2360 Owen Street
	Santa Clara, CA 95054	Address

ATTACHMENTS:

2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended to the Date of Option Grant; Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Notice

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

GSI Technology, Inc. has granted to the individual (the "Optionee") named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the "Notice") to which this Stock Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement") is attached an option (the "Option") to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the GSI Technology, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement.

1. Definitions and Construction.

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term "or" is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2. Tax Consequences.

2.1 Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee's own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the

Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

2.3 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code. If the Optionee exercises this Option to purchase shares of Stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Optionee understands that the Optionee should consult with the Optionee's tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if, for example, (a) they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Optionee's original purchase price if the Optionee's Service terminates, (b) the Optionee is an Insider and, under certain circumstances, exercises the Option within six (6) months of the Date of Option Grant (if a class of equity security of the Company is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act), or (c) the Optionee is subject to a restriction on transfer to comply with "Pooling-of-Interests Accounting" rules. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Optionee of the exercise of the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTIONEE PURCHASES SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE OPTIONEE'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

3. Administration.

All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the

Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. Exercise of the Option.

4.1 Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the vesting schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the Number of Option Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company's repurchase rights set forth in Section 11 and Section 12.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee's investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreement.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitation on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A "Cashless Exercise" means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and

all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

4.4 Tax Withholding. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to this Option Agreement until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

4.5 Certificate Registration. Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. Nontransferability of the Option.

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or

by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee's will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6. Termination of the Option.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee's Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. Effect of Termination of Service.

7.1 Option Exercisability.

(a) Disability. If the Optionee's Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death. If the Optionee's Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee's death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee's termination of Service.

(c) Termination After Change in Control. If the Optionee's Service ceases as a result of Termination After Change in Control (as defined below), (i) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (ii) the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable in full and the Vested Ratio shall be deemed to be ¹/1 as of the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company and the other party to the transaction constituting a Change in Control agree to treat such transaction as a "pooling-of-interests" for accounting purposes and it is determined that the provisions or operation of this Section 7.1(c) would preclude treatment of such transaction as a "pooling-of-interests" and provided further that in the absence of the preceding sentence such transaction would be treated as a "pooling-of-interests," then this Section 7.1(c) shall be without force or effect, and the vesting and exercisability of the Option shall be determined under any other applicable provision of the Option Agreement.

(d) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee's Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Termination After Change in Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Additional Limitations on Option Exercise. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Option may not be exercised after the Optionee's termination of Service to the extent that the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option would be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option as provided in Section 11.

7.3 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.4 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

7.5 Certain Definitions.

(a) "Termination After Change in Control" shall mean either of the following events occurring within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control:

(i) termination by the Participating Company Group of the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below); or

(ii) the Optionee's resignation for Good Reason (as defined below) from all capacities in which the Optionee is then rendering Service to the Participating Company Group within a reasonable period of time following the event constituting Good Reason.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group which (1) is for Cause (as defined below); (2) is a result of the Optionee's death or disability; (3) is a result of the Optionee's voluntary termination of Service other than for Good Reason; or (4) occurs prior to the effectiveness of a Change in Control.

(b) "Cause" shall mean any of the following: (i) the Optionee's theft, dishonesty, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Optionee's improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company's confidential or proprietary information; (iii) any action by the Optionee which has a detrimental effect on a Participating Company's reputation or business; (iv) the Optionee's failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (v) any material breach by the Optionee of any employment agreement between the Optionee and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vi) the Optionee's conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act which impairs the Optionee's ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(i) without the Optionee's express written consent, the assignment to the Optionee of any duties, or any limitation of the Optionee's responsibilities, substantially inconsistent with the Optionee's positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Participating Company Group immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control;

(ii) without the Optionee's express written consent, the relocation of the principal place of the Optionee's Service to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Optionee's principal place of Service immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, or the imposition of travel requirements substantially more demanding of the Optionee than such travel requirements existing immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control;

(iii) any failure by the Participating Company Group to pay, or any material reduction by the Participating Company Group of, (1) the Optionee's base salary in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control (unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made for all other employees of the Participating Company Group with responsibilities, organizational level and title comparable to the Optionee's), or (2) the Optionee's bonus compensation, if any, in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control (subject to applicable performance requirements with respect to the actual amount of bonus compensation earned by the Optionee); or

(iv) any failure by the Participating Company Group to (1) continue to provide the Optionee with the opportunity to participate, on terms no less favorable than those in effect for the benefit of any employee or service provider group which customarily includes a person holding the employment or service provider position or a comparable position with the Participating Company Group then held by the Optionee, in any benefit or compensation plans and programs, including, but not limited to, the Participating Company Group's life, disability, health, dental, medical, savings, profit sharing, stock purchase and retirement plans, if any, in which the Optionee was participating immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, or their equivalent, or (2) provide the Optionee with all other fringe benefits (or their equivalent) from time to time in effect for the benefit of any employee or service provider group which customarily includes a person holding the employment or service provider position or a comparable position with the Participating Company Group then held by the Optionee.

8. Change in Control.

8.1 Definitions.

(b) A "Change in Control" shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a "Transaction") wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the "Transferee"), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Option. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the "Acquiring Corporation"), may, without the consent of the Optionee, either assume the Company's rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially

equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation's stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume the Company's rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option in connection with the Change in Control, and provided that the Optionee's Service has not terminated prior to such date, the Vested Ratio shall be deemed to be ¹/1 and all shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be Vested Shares for purposes of Section 11 as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. Any vesting of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the Option immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the Option shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

9. Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure.

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the "New Shares"), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. Rights as a Shareholder, Employee or Consultant.

The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee's employment is "at will" and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee's Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

11. Unvested Share Repurchase Option.

11.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. In the event the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, if

the Optionee, the Optionee's legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 11.2 below (the "Unvested Shares"), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the "Unvested Share Repurchase Option").

11.2 Unvested Shares Defined. The "Unvested Shares" shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.

11.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Optionee's Service (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.

11.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company. The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Optionee's original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 (the "Repurchase Price"). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Optionee in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Optionee of the Company's exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company for the shares shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.

11.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.6 Ownership Change Event. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee's ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms "Stock" and "Unvested Shares" for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate. For purposes of determining the Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

12. Right of First Refusal.

12.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 12.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee's legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the "Transfer Shares") to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any shareholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the "Right of First Refusal").

12.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the "Transfer Notice") to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the "Proposed Transferee") and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

12.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee's failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 12, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 12. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

12.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company's exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company's right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

12.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 12.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any

subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 12.

12.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 12 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 12 are met.

12.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 12.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

12.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

12.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company's rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation's stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A "public market" shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

13. Escrow.

13.1 Establishment of Escrow. To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee's ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

13.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, but not more frequently than twice each calendar year, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction.

13.3 Notices and Payments. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company's exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First

Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

14. Stock Distributions Subject to Option Agreement.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee's ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

15. Notice of Sales Upon Disqualifying Disposition.

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee's name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company's stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

16. Legends.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal, and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

16.1 "THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT."

16.2 "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER'S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION."

16.3 "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER'S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION."

16.4 "THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED ("ISO"). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER'S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE."

17. Lock-Up Agreement.

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

18. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

19. Miscellaneous Provisions.

19.1 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

19.2 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

19.3 Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party's signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

19.4 Integrated Agreement. The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

19.5 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

19.6 Counterparts. The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

o Incentive Stock Option		Optionee:

o Nonstatutory Stock Option
		Date:

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

GSI Technology, Inc.
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
2360 Owen Street
Santa Clara, CA 95054

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option. I was granted an option (the "Option") to purchase shares of the common stock (the "Shares") of GSI Technology, Inc. (the "Company") pursuant to the Company's 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the "Notice") and my Stock Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement") as follows:

Date of Option Grant:

Number of Option Shares:

Exercise Price per Share:		$

2. Exercise of Option. I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares:

Vested Shares:

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)		$

3. Payments. I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

o Cash:		$

o Check:		$

o Tender of Company Stock:		Contact Plan Administrator

4. Tax Withholding. I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

o Cash:		$

o Check:		$

5. Optionee Information.

My address is:

My Social Security Number is:

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect. I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held pursuant to the Company's standard Joint Escrow Instructions.

8. Transfer. I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

9. Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code. I understand and acknowledge that if I am exercising the Option to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company's Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that I should consult with my tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which I exercise the Option. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH I PURCHASE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS MY SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF I REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON MY BEHALF.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

		Very truly yours,
		(Signature)

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

GSI Technology, Inc.

By:

Title:

Dated:

QuickLinks

Exhibit 10.3

GIGA SEMICONDUCTOR, INC. 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC. NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

Exhibit 10.5

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page

1.	Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan		1

	1.1	Establishment	1
	1.2	Purpose	1
	1.3	Term of Plan	1

2.	Definitions and Construction		1

	2.1	Definitions	1
	2.2	Construction	5

3.	Administration		5

	3.1	Administration by the Committee	5
	3.2	Authority of Officers	6
	3.3	Policies and Procedures Established by the Company	6
	3.4	Indemnification	6

4.	Shares Subject to Plan		7

	4.1	Maximum Number of Shares Issuable	7
	4.2	Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure	7

5.	Eligibility		7

	5.1	Employees Eligible to Participate	7
	5.2	Exclusion of Certain Stockholders	8
	5.3	Determination by Company	8

6.	Offerings		8

7.	Participation in the Plan		9

	7.1	Initial Participation	9
	7.2	Continued Participation	9

8.	Right to Purchase Shares		10

	8.1	Grant of Purchase Right	10
	8.2	Calendar Year Purchase Limitation	10

9.	Purchase Price		10

10.	Accumulation of Purchase Price through Payroll Deduction		11

	10.1	Amount of Payroll Deductions	11
	10.2	Commencement of Payroll Deductions	11
	10.3	Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions	11
	10.4	Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions	11
	10.5	Participant Accounts	12

	10.6	No Interest Paid	12

11.	Purchase of Shares		12

	11.1	Exercise of Purchase Right	12
	11.2	Pro Rata Allocation of Shares	13
	11.3	Delivery of Certificates	13
	11.4	Return of Plan Account Balance	14
	11.5	Tax Withholding	14
	11.6	Expiration of Purchase Right	14
	11.7	Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants	14

12.	Withdrawal from Plan		14

	12.1	Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan	14
	12.2	Return of Plan Account Balance	15

13.	Termination of Employment or Eligibility		15

14.	Effect of Change in Control on Purchase Rights		15

15.	Nontransferability of Purchase Rights		15

16.	Compliance with Securities Law		16

17.	Rights as a Stockholder and Employee		16

18.	Legends		16

19.	Notification of Disposition of Shares		17

20.	Designation of Beneficiary		17

	20.1	Designation Procedure	17
	20.2	Absence of Beneficiary Designation	17

21.	Notices		17

22.	Amendment or Termination of the Plan		18

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

1.1 Establishment. The GSI Technology, Inc. 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby established effective as of the effective date of the initial registration by the Company of its Stock under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Effective Date”).

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward Eligible Employees of the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan provides such Eligible Employees with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of Stock. The Company intends that the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Plan shall be so construed.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Committee.

2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

2.1 Definitions. Any term not expressly defined in the Plan but defined for purposes of Section 423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) “Cash Exercise Notice” means a written notice in such form as specified by the Company which states a Participant’s election to exercise, as of the next Purchase Date, a Purchase Right granted to such Participant with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period.

(c) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) an acquisition by any such person who on the Effective Date is the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of such voting power, (2) any acquisition directly from the Company,

including, without limitation, a public offering of securities, (3) any acquisition by the Company, (4) any acquisition by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of a Participating Company or (5) any acquisition by an entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting securities of the Company; or

(ii) an Ownership Change Event or series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “Transaction”) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(o)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee”), as the case may be; or

(iii) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described in subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.1(c) in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Committee shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(e) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee and such other committee or subcommittee of the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as shall be specified by the Board. If at any time there is no committee of the Board then authorized or properly constituted to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise any or all of such powers.

(f) “Company” means GSI Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(g) “Compensation” means, with respect to any Offering Period, base wages or salary, overtime, bonuses, commissions, shift differentials, payments for paid time off, payments in lieu of notice, and compensation deferred under any program or plan, including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Code. Compensation shall be limited to amounts actually payable in cash or deferred during the Offering Period. Compensation shall not include moving allowances, payments pursuant to a severance

agreement, termination pay, relocation payments, sign-on bonuses, any amounts directly or indirectly paid pursuant to the Plan or any other stock purchase or stock option plan, or any other compensation not included above.

(h) “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in Section 5 for eligibility to participate in the Plan.

(i) “Employee” means a person treated as an employee of a Participating Company for purposes of Section 423 of the Code. A Participant shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee either upon an actual termination of employment or upon the corporation employing the Participant ceasing to be a Participating Company. For purposes of the Plan, an individual shall not be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee while on any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company of ninety (90) days or less. If an individual’s leave of absence exceeds ninety (90) days, the individual shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave unless the individual’s right to reemployment with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed either by statute or by contract.

(j) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date:

(i) If the Stock is then listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system or is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, the closing sale price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, or by such recognized securities dealer, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system or has been quoted by such securities dealer, the date on which the Fair Market Value is established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as determined by the Board, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on the relevant date, the Stock is not then listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system or regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined in good faith by the Board.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the initial Offering Period commences on the Effective Date, then the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such date shall be deemed to be the public offering price set forth in the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of the Stock.

(k) “Incumbent Director” means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the Effective Date or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination, but who was not elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company.

(l) “Offering” means an offering of Stock pursuant to the Plan, as provided in Section 6.

(m) “Offering Date” means, for any Offering Period, the first day of such Offering Period.

(n) “Offering Period” means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 6, during which an Offering is outstanding.

(o) “Ownership Change Event” means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

(p) “Parent Corporation” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(q) “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has become a participant in an Offering Period in accordance with Section 7 and remains a participant in accordance with the Plan.

(r) “Participating Company” means the Company and any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation designated by the Board as a corporation the Employees of which may, if Eligible Employees, participate in the Plan. The Board shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine from time to time which Parent Corporations or Subsidiary Corporations shall be Participating Companies.

(s) “Participating Company Group” means, at any point in time, the Company and all other corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(t) “Pre-Registration Offering Period” means an Offering Period commencing prior to the Registration Date with respect to the shares of Stock issuable pursuant to such Offering Period.

(u) “Purchase Date” means, for any Offering Period, the last day of such Offering Period, or, if so determined by the Committee, the last day of each Purchase Period occurring within such Offering Period.

(v) “Purchase Period” means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 6, included within an Offering Period and on the final date of which outstanding Purchase Rights are exercised.

(w) “Purchase Price” means the price at which a share of Stock may be purchased under the Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 9.

(x) “Purchase Right” means an option granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan to purchase such shares of Stock as provided in Section 8, which the Participant may or may not exercise during the Offering Period in which such option is outstanding. Such option arises from the right of a Participant to withdraw any payroll deductions or other funds accumulated on behalf of the Participant and not previously applied to the purchase of Stock under the Plan, and to terminate participation in the Plan at any time during an Offering Period.

(y) “Registration Date” means the effective date of the registration on Form S-8 of shares of Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan.

(z) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) “Stock” means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(bb) “Subscription Agreement” means a written agreement in such form as specified by the Company, stating an Employee’s election to participate in the Plan and authorizing payroll deductions under the Plan from the Employee’s Compensation or other method of payment authorized by the Committee pursuant to Section 11.1(c).

(cc) “Subscription Date” means the last business day prior to the Offering Date of an Offering Period or such earlier date as the Company shall establish.

(dd) “Subsidiary Corporation” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. ADMINISTRATION.

3.1 Administration by the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan, or of any Purchase Right shall be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or the Purchase Right, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine all of the relevant terms and conditions of Purchase Rights; provided, however, that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or any agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 3.1) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon

all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any officer of the Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided that the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Policies and Procedures Established by the Company. Without regard to whether any Participant’s Purchase Right may be considered adversely affected, the Company may, from time to time, consistent with the Plan and the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, establish, change or terminate such rules, guidelines, policies, procedures, limitations, or adjustments as deemed advisable by the Company, in its discretion, for the proper administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, (a) a minimum payroll deduction amount required for participation in an Offering, (b) a limitation on the frequency or number of changes permitted in the rate of payroll deduction during an Offering, (c) an exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld or paid in a currency other than United States dollars, (d) a payroll deduction greater than or less than the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for the Company’s delay or mistake in processing a Subscription Agreement or in otherwise effecting a Participant’s election under the Plan or as advisable to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, and (e) determination of the date and manner by which the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is determined for purposes of administration of the Plan. All such actions by the Company shall be taken consistent with the requirement under Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of such section.

3.4 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board or the Committee and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board, the Committee or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be five hundred thousand (500,000), cumulatively increased on April 1, 2008 and on each subsequent April 1, through and including April 1, 2017, by a number of shares(the “Annual Increase”)equal to the smallest of (a) one percent (1.0%) of the number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding March 31, (b) two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) sharesor (c) an amount determined by the Board, and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock, or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Purchase Right for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of that Purchase Right shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan, the Annual Increase, the limit on the shares which may be purchased by any Participant during an Offering (as described in Sections 8.1 and 8.2) and each Purchase Right, and in the Purchase Price in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Purchase Rights are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the “New Shares”), the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Purchase Rights to provide that such Purchase Rights are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Purchase Rights shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Purchase Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Purchase Right. The adjustments determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. ELIGIBILITY.

5.1 Employees Eligible to Participate. Each Employee of a Participating Company is eligible to participate in the Plan and shall be deemed an Eligible Employee, except the following:

(a) Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for twenty (20) hours or less per week; or

(b) Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for not more than five (5) months in any calendar year.

5.2 Exclusion of Certain Stockholders. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee shall be treated as an Eligible Employee and granted a Purchase Right under the Plan if, immediately after such grant, the Employee would own or hold options to purchase stock of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of such corporation, as determined in accordance with Section 423(b)(3) of the Code. For purposes of this Section 5.2, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of such Employee.

5.3 Determination by Company. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee or an Eligible Employee and the effective date of such individual’s attainment or termination of such status, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s participation in or other rights, if any, under the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

6. OFFERINGS.

The Plan shall be implemented by sequential Offerings of approximately six (6) months duration or such other duration as the Committee shall determine. However, the initial Offering Period shall commence on the Effective Date and end on or about October 31, 2007, provided that the Committee may establish different commencement or ending dates. Subsequent Offering Periods shall commence on or about May 1 and November 1 of each year and end on or about the last day of the next October and April, respectively, occurring thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may establish additional or alternative sequential or overlapping Offering Periods, a different duration for one or more Offering Periods or different commencing or ending dates for such Offering Periods; provided, however, that no Offering Period may have a duration exceeding twenty-seven (27) months. If the Committee shall so determine in its discretion, each Offering Period may consist of two (2) or more consecutive Purchase Periods having such duration as the Committee shall specify, and the last day of each such Purchase Period shall be a Purchase Date. If the first or last day of an Offering Period or a Purchase Period is not a day on which the principal stock exchange or market system on which the Stock is then listed is open for trading, the Company shall specify the trading day that will be deemed the first or last day, as the case may be, of the Offering Period or Purchase Period.

7. PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN.

7.1 Initial Participation.

(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 7.1(b), an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in an Offering Period by delivering a properly completed written or electronic Subscription Agreement to the office designated by the Company not later than the close of business for such office on the Subscription Date established by the Company for that Offering Period. An Eligible Employee who does not deliver a properly completed Subscription Agreement to the Company’s designated office on or before the Subscription Date for an Offering Period shall not participate in the Plan for that Offering Period or for any subsequent Offering Period unless the Eligible Employee subsequently delivers a properly completed Subscription Agreement to the appropriate office of the Company on or before the Subscription Date for such subsequent Offering Period. An Employee who becomes an Eligible Employee after the Offering Date of an Offering Period shall not be eligible to participate in that Offering Period but may participate in any subsequent Offering Period provided the Employee is still an Eligible Employee as of the Offering Date of such subsequent Offering Period.

(b) Automatic Participation in Pre-Registration Offering Period. Notwithstanding Section 7.1(a), each Employee who is an Eligible Employee as of the Offering Date of a Pre-Registration Offering Period shall automatically become a Participant in the Pre-Registration Offering Period and shall be granted automatically a Purchase Right consisting of an option to purchase the lesser of (a) a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 8 or (b) a number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing fifteen percent (15%)of such Participant’s Compensation paid during the Pre-Registration Offering Period by the Purchase Price applicable to the Pre-Registration Offering Period. The Company shall not require or permit any Participant to deliver a Subscription Agreement for participation in the Pre-Registration Offering Period; provided, however, that following the applicable Registration Date a Participant may deliver a Subscription Agreement to the office designated by the Company if the Participant wishes to change the terms of the Participant’s participation in the Pre-Registration Offering Period. Such changes may include, for example, an election to commence payroll deductions in accordance with Section 10.

7.2 Continued Participation.

(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 7.2(b), a Participant shall automatically participate in the next Offering Period commencing immediately after the final Purchase Date of each Offering Period in which the Participant participates provided that the Participant remains an Eligible Employee on the Offering Date of the new Offering Period and has not either (a) withdrawn from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1 or (b) terminated employment or otherwise ceased to be an Eligible Employee as provided in Section 13. A Participant who may automatically participate in a subsequent Offering Period, as provided in this Section, is not required to deliver any additional Subscription Agreement for the subsequent Offering Period in order to continue participation in the Plan. However, a Participant may deliver a new Subscription Agreement for a subsequent Offering Period in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7.1(a) if the Participant desires to change any of the elections contained in the Participant’s then effective Subscription Agreement.

(b) Participation Following Pre-Registration Offering Period. Notwithstanding Section 7.2(a), an Eligible Employee who was automatically enrolled in a Pre-Registration Offering Period and who wishes to participate in an Offering Period which begins after the Pre-Registration Offering Period shall deliver a Subscription Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1(a) no earlier than the applicable Registration Date and no later than the Subscription Date for such Offering Period, unless such Employee was a Participant in the Pre-Registration Offering Period who delivered a Subscription Agreement with respect to the Pre-Registration Offering Period as provided in Section 7.1(b).

8. RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES.

8.1 Grant of Purchase Right. Except as provided in Section 7.1 with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period or as otherwise provided below, on the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each Participant in such Offering Period shall be granted automatically a Purchase Right consisting of an option to purchase the lesser of (a) that number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing the Dollar Limit (determined as provided below) by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such Offering Date or (b) Share Limit (determined as provided below). The Committee may, in its discretion and prior to the Offering Date of any Offering Period, (i) change the method of, or any of the foregoing factors in, determining the number of shares of Stock subject to Purchase Rights to be granted on such Offering Date or (ii) specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all Participants in an Offering or on any Purchase Date within an Offering Period. No Purchase Right shall be granted on an Offering Date to any person who is not, on such Offering Date, an Eligible Employee. For the purposes of this Section, the Dollar Limit shall be determined by multiplying $2,083.33 by the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the Offering Period and rounding to the nearest whole dollar, and the Share Limit shall be determined by multiplying 1,000 shares by the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the Offering Period and rounding to the nearest whole share.

8.2 Calendar Year Purchase Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant shall be granted a Purchase Right which permits his or her right to purchase shares of Stock under the Plan to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated with such Participant’s rights to purchase shares under all other employee stock purchase plans of a Participating Company intended to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) in Fair Market Value (or such other limit, if any, as may be imposed by the Code) for each calendar year in which such Purchase Right is outstanding at any time. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of shares purchased during a given Offering Period shall be determined as of the Offering Date for such Offering Period. The limitation described in this Section shall be applied in conformance with applicable regulations under Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.

9. PURCHASE PRICE.

The Purchase Price at which each share of Stock may be acquired in an Offering Period upon the exercise of all or any portion of a Purchase Right shall be established by the Committee; provided, however, that the Purchase Price on each Purchase Date shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on

the Offering Date of the Offering Period or (b) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date. Subject to adjustment as provided below or in Section 22 and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, the Purchase Price for each Offering Period shall be eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date of the Offering Period or (b) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date.

10. ACCUMULATION OF PURCHASE PRICE THROUGH PAYROLL DEDUCTION.

Except as provided in Section 11.1(b) with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period and in Section 11.1(c) with respect to non-United States Participants for whom payroll deductions are prohibited by applicable law, shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of all or any portion of a Purchase Right may be paid for only by means of payroll deductions from the Participant’s Compensation accumulated during the Offering Period for which such Purchase Right was granted, subject to the following:

10.1 Amount of Payroll Deductions. Except as otherwise provided herein, the amount to be deducted under the Plan from a Participant’s Compensation on each pay day during an Offering Period shall be determined by the Participant’s Subscription Agreement. The Subscription Agreement shall set forth the percentage of the Participant’s Compensation to be deducted on each pay day during an Offering Period in whole percentages of not less than one percent (1%) (except as a result of an election pursuant to Section 10.3 to stop payroll deductions effective following the first pay day during an Offering) or more than fifteen percent (15%). The Committee may change the foregoing limits on payroll deductions effective as of any Offering Date.

10.2 Commencement of Payroll Deductions. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first pay day following the Offering Date and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as provided herein; provided, however, that with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period, payroll deductions shall commence as soon as practicable following the Company’s receipt of the Participant’s Subscription Agreement (delivered no earlier than the applicable Registration Date), if any.

10.3 Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions. During an Offering Period, a Participant may elect to decrease the rate of or to stop deductions from his or her Compensation by delivering to the Company’s designated office an amended Subscription Agreement authorizing such change on or before the “Change Notice Date.” The “Change Notice Date” shall be a date prior to the beginning of the first pay period for which such election is to be effective as established by the Company from time to time and announced to the Participants. A Participant who elects, effective following the first pay day of an Offering Period, to decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions to zero percent (0%) shall nevertheless remain a Participant in such Offering Period unless the Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1.

10.4 Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions. The Company may, in its sole discretion, suspend a Participant’s payroll deductions under the Plan as the Company deems advisable to avoid accumulating payroll deductions in excess of the amount that could reasonably be anticipated to purchase the maximum number of shares of Stock permitted

(a) under the Participant’s Purchase Right or (b) during a calendar year under the limit set forth in Section 8.2. Unless the Participant has either withdrawn from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1 or has ceased to be an Eligible Employee, payroll deductions shall be resumed at the rate specified in the Participant’s then effective Subscription Agreement either (i) at the beginning of the next Offering Period if the reason for suspension was clause (a) in the preceding sentence or (ii) at the beginning of the next Offering Period having a first Purchase Date that falls within the subsequent calendar year if the reason for suspension was clause (b) in the preceding sentence.

10.5 Participant Accounts. Individual bookkeeping accounts shall be maintained for each Participant. All payroll deductions from a Participant’s Compensation (and other amounts received from the Participant in a Pre-Registration Offering Period pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or a non-United States Participant pursuant to Section 11.1(c)) shall be credited to such Participant’s Plan account and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company. All such amounts received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose.

10.6 No Interest Paid. Interest shall not be paid on sums deducted from a Participant’s Compensation pursuant to the Plan or otherwise credited to the Participant’s Plan account.

11. PURCHASE OF SHARES.

11.1 Exercise of Purchase Right.

(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 11.1(b) and Section 11.1(c), on each Purchase Date of an Offering Period, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in the Offering has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right the number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing (a) the total amount of the Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated in the Participant’s Plan account during the Offering Period and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock by (b) the Purchase Price. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by the Participant during an Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right. No shares of Stock shall be purchased on a Purchase Date on behalf of a Participant whose participation in the Offering or the Plan has terminated before such Purchase Date.

(b) Purchase in Pre-Registration Period. Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a), on the Purchase Date of a Pre-Registration Offering Period, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in such Offering Period has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right (i) a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 11.1(a) to the extent of the total amount of the Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated in the Participant’s Plan account during the Pre-Registration Offering Period, if any, and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock and (ii) such additional shares of Stock (not exceeding in the aggregate the Participant’s Purchase Right) as determined

in accordance with a Cash Exercise Notice delivered to the office designated by the Company no earlier than the applicable Registration Date and not later than the close of business for such office on the business day immediately preceding the Purchase Date or such earlier date as the Company shall establish, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for such additional shares in cash or by check. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by a Participant during the Pre-Registration Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right. In addition, if a Participant delivers a Subscription Agreement to the Company after the applicable Registration Date, the Participant may not elect to exercise a Purchase Right pursuant to a Cash Exercise Notice in an amount which, when aggregated with payroll deductions pursuant to such Subscription Agreement, exceeds fifteen percent (15%) of the Participant’s Compensation during the Pre-Registration Offering Period. The Company shall refund to the Participant in accordance with Section 11.4 any excess Purchase Price payment received from the Participant.

(c) Purchase by Non-United States Participants for Whom Payroll Deduction Are Prohibited by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a), where payroll deductions on behalf of Participants who are residents for income tax purposes of countries other than the United States are prohibited by applicable law (each, a “non-United States Participant”), the Committee shall provide another method for payment of the Purchase Price of the shares with such terms and conditions as shall be administratively convenient and comply with applicable law. On each Purchase Date of an Offering Period, each such non-United States Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in such Offering Period has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right (i) a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 11.1(a) to the extent of the total amount of the Participant’s Plan account balance accumulated during the Offering Period in accordance with the method established by the Committee and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by a non-United States Participant during the Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right. The Company shall refund to the non-United States Participant in accordance with Section 11.4 any excess Purchase Price payment received from such Participant.

11.2 Pro Rata Allocation of Shares. If the number of shares of Stock which might be purchased by all Participants on a Purchase Date exceeds the number of shares of Stock available in the Plan as provided in Section 4.1 or the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be purchased on such Purchase Date pursuant to a limit established by the Committee pursuant to Section 8.1, the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available in as uniform a manner as practicable and as the Company determines to be equitable. Any fractional share resulting from such pro rata allocation to any Participant shall be disregarded.

11.3 Delivery of Certificates. As soon as practicable after each Purchase Date, the Company shall arrange the delivery to each Participant of a certificate representing the shares acquired by the Participant on such Purchase Date; provided that the Company may deliver such shares to a broker designated by the Company that will hold such shares for the benefit of the Participant. Shares to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan shall be

registered in the name of the Participant, or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

11.4 Return of Plan Account Balance. Any cash balance remaining in a Participant’s Plan account following any Purchase Date shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practicable after such Purchase Date. However, if the cash balance to be returned to a Participant pursuant to the preceding sentence is less than the amount that would have been necessary to purchase an additional whole share of Stock on such Purchase Date, the Company may retain the cash balance in the Participant’s Plan account to be applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock in the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period.

11.5 Tax Withholding. At the time a Participant’s Purchase Right is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time a Participant disposes of some or all of the shares of Stock he or she acquires under the Plan, the Participant shall make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations, if any, of the Participating Company Group which arise upon exercise of the Purchase Right or upon such disposition of shares, respectively. The Participating Company Group may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary to meet such withholding obligations.

11.6 Expiration of Purchase Right. Any portion of a Participant’s Purchase Right remaining unexercised after the end of the Offering Period to which the Purchase Right relates shall expire immediately upon the end of the Offering Period.

11.7 Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants. Each Participant who has exercised all or part of his or her Purchase Right shall receive, as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date, a report of such Participant’s Plan account setting forth the total amount credited to his or her Plan account prior to such exercise, the number of shares of Stock purchased, the Purchase Price for such shares, the date of purchase and the cash balance, if any, remaining immediately after such purchase that is to be refunded or retained in the Participant’s Plan account pursuant to Section 11.4. The report required by this Section may be delivered in such form and by such means, including by electronic transmission, as the Company may determine. In addition, each Participant shall be provided information concerning the Company equivalent to that information provided generally to the Company’s common stockholders.

12. WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN.

12.1 Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan. A Participant may withdraw from the Plan by signing and delivering to the Company’s designated office a written or electronic notice of withdrawal on a form provided by the Company for this purpose. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of an Offering Period; provided, however, that if a Participant withdraws from the Plan after a Purchase Date, the withdrawal shall not affect shares of Stock acquired by the Participant on such Purchase Date. A Participant who voluntarily withdraws from the Plan is prohibited from resuming participation in the Plan in the same Offering from which he or she withdrew, but may participate in any subsequent Offering by again satisfying the requirements of Sections 5 and 7.1. The Company may impose, from time to time, a requirement that the notice of withdrawal from the Plan be on file with the

Company’s designated office for a reasonable period prior to the effectiveness of the Participant’s withdrawal.

12.2 Return of Plan Account Balance. Upon a Participant’s voluntary withdrawal from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1, the Participant’s accumulated Plan account balance which has not been applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practicable after the withdrawal, without the payment of any interest, and the Participant’s interest in the Plan and the Offering shall terminate. Such amounts to be refunded in accordance with this Section may not be applied to any other Offering under the Plan.

13. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR ELIGIBILITY.

Upon a Participant’s ceasing, prior to a Purchase Date, to be an Employee of the Participating Company Group for any reason, including retirement, disability or death, or upon the failure of a Participant to remain an Eligible Employee, the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall terminate immediately. In such event, the Participant’s Plan account balance which has not been applied toward the purchase of shares shall, as soon as practicable, be returned to the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to the Participant’s beneficiary designated in accordance with Section 20, if any, or legal representative, and all of the Participant’s rights under the Plan shall terminate. Interest shall not be paid on sums returned pursuant to this Section 13. A Participant whose participation has been so terminated may again become eligible to participate in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of Sections 5 and 7.1.

14. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL ON PURCHASE RIGHTS.

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiring Corporation”), may, without the consent of any Participant, either assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Purchase Rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. If the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Purchase Rights, the Purchase Date of the then current Offering Period shall be accelerated to a date before the date of the Change in Control specified by the Committee, but the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Purchase Rights shall not be adjusted. All Purchase Rights which are neither assumed or continued by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control.

15. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF PURCHASE RIGHTS.

Neither payroll deductions or other amounts credited to a Participant’s Plan account nor a Participant’s Purchase Right may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any manner other than as provided by the Plan or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. (A beneficiary designation pursuant to Section 20 shall not be treated as a disposition for this purpose.) Any such attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to

withdraw from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1. A Purchase Right shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

16. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW.

The issuance of shares under the Plan shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. A Purchase Right may not be exercised if the issuance of shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any securities exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Purchase Right may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Purchase Right be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of said Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares under the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of a Purchase Right, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation, and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

17. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER AND EMPLOYEE.

A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder by virtue of the Participant’s participation in the Plan until the date of the issuance of the shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.2. Nothing herein shall confer upon a Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Participating Company Group or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.

18. LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends or other identifying symbols referencing any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions or any provision convenient in the administration of the Plan on some or all of the certificates representing shares of Stock issued under the Plan. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to a Purchase Right in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include but shall not be limited to the following:

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON THE PURCHASE OF SHARES UNDER AN EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AS DEFINED IN SECTION 423 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY OF ANY TRANSFER OF THE SHARES BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE).”

19. NOTIFICATION OF DISPOSITION OF SHARES.

The Company may require the Participant to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right. The Company may require that until such time as a Participant disposes of shares acquired upon exercise of a Purchase Right, the Participant shall hold all such shares in the Participant’s name (or, if elected by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse but not in the name of any nominee) until the later of two years after the date of grant of such Purchase Right or one year after the date of exercise of such Purchase Right. The Company may direct that the certificates evidencing shares acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right refer to such requirement to give prompt notice of disposition.

20. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

20.1 Designation Procedure. Subject to local laws and procedures, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive (a) shares and cash, if any, from the Participant’s Plan account if the Participant dies subsequent to a Purchase Date but prior to delivery to the Participant of such shares and cash or (b) cash, if any, from the Participant’s Plan account if the Participant dies prior to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right. If a married Participant designates a beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse, the effectiveness of such designation may be subject to the consent of the Participant’s spouse. A Participant may change his or her beneficiary designation at any time by written notice to the Company.

20.2 Absence of Beneficiary Designation. If a Participant dies without an effective designation pursuant to Section 20.1 of a beneficiary who is living at the time of the Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver any shares or cash credited to the Participant’s Plan account to the Participant’s legal representative or as otherwise required by applicable law.

21. NOTICES.

All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Committee may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, except that (a) no such amendment, suspension or termination shall affect Purchase Rights previously granted under the Plan unless expressly provided by the Committee and (b) no such amendment, suspension or termination may adversely affect a Purchase Right previously granted under the Plan without the consent of the Participant, except to the extent permitted by the Plan or as may be necessary to qualify the Plan as an employee stock purchase plan pursuant to Section 423 of the Code or to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule. In addition, an amendment to the Plan must be approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment if such amendment would authorize the sale of more shares than are then authorized for issuance under the Plan or would change the definition of the corporations that may be designated by the Committee as Participating Companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Committee determines that continuation of the Plan or an Offering would result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences to the Company, the Committee may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, including with respect to an Offering Period then in progress: (a) terminate the Plan or any Offering Period, (b) accelerate the Purchase Date of any Offering Period, (c) reduce the discount or the method of determining the Purchase Price in any Offering Period (e.g., by determining the Purchase Price solely on the basis of the Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date), (d) reduce the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased in any Offering Period or (e) take any combination of the foregoing actions.

APPENDIX A

Participating Companies

GSI Technology, Inc.

GSI Technology Holdings, Inc., a Cayman Islands company

GSI Technology (BVI), Inc., a British Virgin Islands company

APPENDIX B

FORMS OF

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

AND

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

2007 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

NAME (Please print): ; &# 160; ;

(Last) &# 160; (First) 0; (Middle)

o Original application for the Offering Period beginning (date):

o Decrease payroll deduction rate effective with the pay period beginning (date):

o Stop payroll deductions effective with the pay period beginning (date):

o Change of beneficiary.

I. SUBSCRIPTION

I elect to participate in the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) of GSI Technology, Inc. (the “Company”) and to subscribe to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan. Capitalized terms used in this Subscription Agreement have the meanings assigned by the Plan.

I authorize payroll deductions of percent (in whole percentages not less than 1%, unless an election to stop deductions is being made, or more than 15%) of my Compensation on each pay day throughout the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. I understand that these payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable purchase price determined in accordance with the Plan. Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, I will automatically purchase shares on each Purchase Date unless I withdraw from the Plan by giving written notice on a form provided by the Company or unless my eligibility or employment terminates.

I understand that I will automatically participate in each subsequent Offering that commences immediately after the last day of an Offering in which I am participating until I withdraw from the Plan by giving written notice on a form provided by the Company or my eligibility or employment terminates.

Shares I purchase under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) set forth below. (Shares may be issued in the participant’s name alone or together with the participant’s spouse as community property or in joint tenancy.)

NAME(S) (please print): & #160; 0;

ADDRESS: 60;

MY SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER: ; &# 160;

I agree to make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon my purchase of shares under the Plan and/or my disposition of shares. The Company may withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet such withholding obligations.

I agree that, unless otherwise permitted by the Company, until I dispose of shares I purchase under the Plan, I will hold such shares in the name(s) entered above (and not in the name of any nominee) until the later of (i) two years after the first day of the Offering Period in which I purchased the shares and (ii) one year after the Purchase Date on which I purchased the shares. This restriction only applies to the name(s) in which shares are held and does not affect my ability to dispose of Plan shares.

I agree that I will notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company in writing within 30 days after any sale, gift, transfer or other disposition of any kind prior to the end of the periods referred to in the preceding paragraph (a “Disqualifying Disposition”) of any shares I purchased under the Plan. If I do not respond within 30 days of the date of a Disqualifying Disposition Survey delivered to me by certified mail, the Company is authorized to treat my nonresponse as my notice to the Company of a Disqualifying Disposition and to compute and report to the Internal Revenue Service the ordinary income I must recognize upon such Disqualifying Disposition.

II. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

In the event of my death, I designate the following as my beneficiary to receive all payments and shares then due me under the Plan:

BENEFICIARY’S NAME (please print): &# 160;

(First) (Middle) (Last)

RELATIONSHIP: &# 160; SOC. SEC. NO.:

ADDRESS: 60;

If you are married and your beneficiary is someone other than your spouse, then your spouse must sign and date this form as indicated below. If you are not married when you designate a beneficiary and you later become married, or if you later become married to a different person, the beneficiary designation previously made will be automatically revoked. Payments and shares then due you upon your death will be delivered to your legal representative unless you have completed a new beneficiary designation and it is consented to by your then spouse.

III. CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I am the spouse of 60; . I consent to the above designation of a beneficiary other than me to receive payments and shares due my spouse under the Plan.

Date:
			Signature of Participant’s Spouse

IV. PARTICIPANT DECLARATION

Any election I have made on this form revokes all prior elections with regard to this form.

I am familiar with the provisions of the Plan and agree to participate in the Plan subject to all of its provisions. I understand that the Board of Directors of the Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan or to amend the Plan and my right to purchase stock under the Plan to the extent provided by the Plan. I understand that the effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

Date:
			Signature of Participant

GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

2007 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

NAME (Please print):

(Last) &# 160; (First) 0; (Middle)

I elect to withdraw from the GSI Technology, Inc. 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) and the Offering which began on (date) and in which I am participating (the “Current Offering”).

I understand that I am terminating immediately my interest in the Plan and the Current Offering, and that no further payroll deductions will be made (provided I have given sufficient notice before the next pay day). My payroll deductions not previously used to purchase shares will not be used to purchase shares in the Current Offering, but instead will be paid to me as soon as practicable. I understand that I will not participate in the Plan unless I elect to become a participant in another Offering by filing a new Subscription Agreement with the Company. I understand that I will receive no interest on the amounts paid to me from my Plan account, and that I may not apply such amounts to any other Offering under the Plan or any other employee stock purchase plan of the Company.

Date:

Signature:

Exhibit 10.7

Tai Yuan Hi-Tech Industrial Park

Factory Lease Agreement

This agreement is established between

Lessee, GSI Technology (BVI), Inc, Taiwan Branch (hereinafter referred to as Lessee)

and

Lessor, Tai Yuen Textile Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Lessor)

for the purpose of rental of properties in Tai Yuan Hi-Tech Industrial Park. Both parties to this agreement concur to comply with the conditions herein below provided:

Article 1	Rented House Lessor shall rent the following house to Lessee:
	1.	House Location: 1 house at 6F-1, No. 30, Tai-Yuan St., Chu-Pei Li, Chu-Pei City, Hsinchu County
		Area: 423.09 pings
	2.	Both parties agree to transfer the house as it is.
Article 2	Rents
	1.	Monthly rent shall be NT$317,000, inclusive of tax.
	2.	Rent shall be paid every month, but Lessee shall draw 12 checks at a time which totally cover one-year rent to Lessor. The date of issue for a check shall be the first day of the lease period in every month stipulated in the lease agreement. Lessor shall issue an invoice to Lessee after a check for paying the monthly rent has been cashed. The rents for the 2^nd year shall be paid in the same way; the checks drawn shall be given to Lessor before the last check, for the last term of the 1^st year, is cashed. If any of these checks drawn by Lessee can not be cashed on time, a penalty fine amounting to 1% of the monthly rent shall be calculated and paid every day.
Article 3	Guarantee (Deposit) Lessee shall be obliged to submit a guarantee (deposit) in the amount of NT$951,000 (equal to a 3-month rent, inclusive of tax) upon the execution of this agreement. If Lessee owes any rents or damages, Lessor may deduct such rents or damages from the guarantee (deposit) first. After expiration of the lease when Lessee fully vacates the said premises, Lessor shall return the guarantee (deposit) in full, without any interest payment due, after deducting any fees unpaid by Lessee.
Article 4	Lease Period The lease period shall be for a period of 1 year and 11 months only, effective from Oct. 1, 2005 to Aug. 31, 2007. If Lessor wants to rent the house continuously after expiration of the lease agreement, Lessee has the priority right to rent it first, but Lessee shall notify Lessor of such intention 3 months before the lease expiration, and the lease conditions in the next lease agreement shall be negotiated again.

Article 5	Use of Rented Property
	1.	Lessee shall neither sublet, loan, transfer the rental of, nor institute any means that may submit a portion or the entirety of the house to the usage of a third-person, without the prior consent of Lessor.
	2.	Lessee shall abide by laws and Tai Yuan Hi-Tech Industrial Park Regulations, and shall not use the house for any illegal purposes or for storage of dangerous materials that are hazardous to public safety.
	3.	If an interior decoration becomes necessary, Lessee shall be obliged to obtain the prior consent of Lessor before effecting such interior decoration; however, Lessee shall be obliged to ensure that such interior decorating shall not, in anyway, destroy the original construction of the house or violate any laws. Should any law be violated because of such decoration, Lessee shall restore to its original condition; otherwise Lessor may terminate the agreement. When Lessor terminates this agreement, Lessee shall take back all decorated articles and equipment and be obliged to restore the house into its original condition at the time the house is due for return to Lessor. Any damage to a 3^rd party shall be compensated by Lessee. If Lessor suffers loss consequently, Lessee shall compensate and be responsible for all expenses of Lessor.
	4.	Lessee shall have public accident insurance (Insurance Amount: More than NT$10,000,000 for body injuries per incident; More than NT$2,000,000 for house loss per incident) and fire legal responsibility insurance. Should Lessee fail to obtain any of the above insurance and thus cause any loss to a 3^rd party or Lessor, Lessee shall be responsible for compensation of such loss.
Article 6	Damage and Repair
	1.	For any damage or destruction to the house that is ascribed to Lessee’s responsibility, Lessee shall be held liable for repair or damages.
	2.	For any damage or destruction to the house that is not ascribed to Lessee’s responsibility, Lessor shall be held liable for repair. If Lessor fails to repair within the period demanded by Lessee, Lessee may repair or have a repairperson repair, and repair expenses shall be paid by Lessor.
Article 7	Expense and Tax
	1.	House tax and land tax shall be at the expense of Lessor, whereas, all utility bills, telecommunication expense, cleaning expense, waste cleaning expense, equipment repair & maintenance expense, management expense and other necessary expenses to be paid for using the house shall be at the expense of Lessee.
	2.	Lessee shall pay the above-mentioned expenses on time regardless of whether Lessee uses the house during the lease period or not.
Article 8	Breach of Contract & Punishment
	1.	If Lessee violates the agreement while using the house and fails to correct or fails to completely correct within 7 days after Lessor’s notification, Lessor may terminate the lease agreement.
	2.	If either of the parties violates the agreement and thus damages the other party’s rights, the violating party shall compensate the other party for the

			loss and other relevant expenses.
	3.		At the expiration of the lease, except if Lessor consents to continue the lease of the house, Lessee shall be obliged to return the house to Lessor, in the spirit of goodwill, fully vacated and under the same conditions that it was leased. Lessee shall not issue any cause for denial nor present any protest to such a turnover. In the event that Lessee shall fail to return the house on time, then Lessor shall demand the payment of a breach of contract penalty that is equal to one time the amount of the agreed rent, for the period starting from the day following the expiration date until the last day that Lessee remains in occupation of the house.
	4.		Should Lessee fail to make the rent payment for 2 months, Lessor may terminate the lease agreement.
	5.		If Lessee violates the agreement while using the house and fails to correct or fails to completely correct within 7 days after Lessor’s notification, Lessor may terminate the lease agreement. For any loss or damage, Lessor may ask for compensation.
Article 9	Lease Termination
	1.		If one party decides to terminate this agreement before expiration of the lease, the terminating party shall obtain the written consent of the other party. If Lessee wants to move out of the house while lease agreement is still in effect, Lessee shall give a 3 months written notification to Lessor and pay the amount of a 3-month rent to Lessor as compensation. If Lessor wants to tack back the rented house earlier before expiration of the lease, Lessor shall also give Lessee a 3 months written notification and pay the amount equal to a 3-month rent to Lessee as compensation.
	2.		Lessee shall be obliged to fully vacate and restore the house into its original condition at the time the house is due for return to Lessor. At the expiration of this agreement, any furniture, machine or item that Lessee has failed to take out of the house during the vacation of the house, shall be regarded as junk or abandoned item, the settlement of which shall be left to the discretion of Lessor. Any expenses incurred shall be paid by Lessee or deducted from the guarantee (deposit) first. Lessee shall make any causes to claim any rights or ask any expense from Lessor.
Article 10	Notarization of Lease Agreement
	1.		Lessor and Lessee shall deal with notarization of the lease agreement together, and the notarization fee shall be paid by both parties equally.
	2.		Should Lessee fail to pay rents or any penalty due to breach of contract, or refuse to vacate and move out of the house at the expiration of the lease agreement, such payment or moving out will be enforced according to the law. Should Lessor fail to return the guarantee (deposit) under the lease agreement, such return will be enforced according to the law.
Article 11	Jurisdiction Both parties agree that for any lawsuit involving the lease agreement, the first trial court shall be the Hsinchu District Court.
Article 12	Other Conditions
	1.	After being given the house, Lessee shall pay the expenses stipulated in

			Article 7 of this lease agreement.
		2.	The lease agreement is made in quadruplicate. Each party shall keep one copy; each of the court and the office of notary public shall keep one copy.

Signed by:	Lessee			GSI Technology (BVI), Inc, Taiwan Branch (with seal)
	Legal Representative:			Wu, Bor-Tay (with seal)
	Uniform No.:			27923885
	Address:			6F-1, No. 30, Tai-Yuan St., Chu-Pei Li, Chu-Pei City, Hsinchu County
	Tel:			(03) 5525345

	Lessor			Tai Yuen Textile Co., Ltd. (with seal)
	Legal Representative:			Vivian Wu Yen (with seal)
	Uniform No.:			03516001
	Address:			8F, No. 2, Dun Hua S. Rd., Sec. 2, Taipei City
	Tel:			(02) 77132222

Sep. 27, 2005

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated October 19, 2006, except for Note 13, as to which the date is February 16, 2007, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of GSI Technology, Inc., which appears in such Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
February 16, 2007

QuickLinks

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM